PALAONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY. VOL. LXIII. THE PLEISTOCENE CANID. Pages 1—28; Pirates I—VI. GANOID FISHES OF BRITISH CARBONIFEROUS FORMATIONS. Part I. Pruares XXIV—XXX. FOSSIL FISHES OF THE ENGLISH CHALK. Parr WV. Paces 153—-184; PLares XX XIJI—XXXVIII. THE CRETACEOUS LAMELLIBRANCHIA. Vou, E,, Parr VI. Paces 217—260; Puiatres XXXV—XLIV. THE MOLLUSCA OF THE CHALK. CEPHALOPODA. TITLE-PAGE AND INDEX. THE BELEMNITIDA. TITLE-PAGE AND INDEX. IssuepD For 1909. California Mcademy of Sciences RECEIVED BY PURCHASE Peale | Digitized by the Internet Archive in 2011 http://archive.org/details/monographot631909pala PALAONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY. VOLUME LXITII. CONTAINING 1. THE PLEISTOCENE CANIDA. By Prof. 8. H. Rrynonps. Six Plates. bo . THE CARBONIFEROUS GANOID FISHES. Part I, No. 4. By Dr. R. H. TrRaguarr. Seven Plates. 3. THE FISHES OF THE ENGLISH CHALK. Part V. By Dr. A.S: Woopwarp. Six Plates. 4, THE CRETACEOUS LAMELLIBRANCHIA. Vol. II, Part VI. By Mr. H. Woops. Ten Plates. 5. THE MOLLUSCA OF THE CHALK.—CEPHALOPODA. PartIV. By Mr. D.SHarpe. Title- page and Index. 6. BRITISH BELEMNITIDA.—JURASSIC. Part VI. By Prof. J. Purunrps. Title-page and Index. ISSUED FOR 1909. LONDON: PRINTED FOR THE PALAIONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY. AGENTS FOR THE SOCIETY: DULAU AND CO., LTD., 37, SOHO SQUARE, W. DECEMBER, 1909. THE PALASONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY was established in the year 1847, for the purpose of figuring and describing British Fossils. Each person subscribing ONE Gunna is considered a Member of the Society, and is entitled to the Volume issued for the Year to which the Subscription relates. The price of the Volume to Non-subscribers is TWENTY-FIVE SHILLINGS NET. Subscriptions are considered to be due on the Ist of January in each year. The Annual Volumes are now issued in two forms of Binding: 1st, with all the Monographs stitched together and enclosed in one cover; 2nd, with each of the Monographs in a paper cover, and the whole of the separate parts enclosed in an envelope. Members wishing to obtain the Volume arranged in the LATTER FORM are requested to communicate with the Secretary. Most of the back volumes are in stock. Monographs or parts of Monographs already published can be obtained, apart from the annual volumes, from Messrs. Dutav ann Co., Lip., 37, Soho Square, London, W., who will forward a complete price list on application. Members desirous of forwarding the objects of the Society can be provided with plates and circulars for distribution on application to the Secretary, Dr. A. SmirH Woopwarp, British Museum (Nat. Hist.), South Kensington, London, S.W. The following Monographs are in course of publication : The Fossil Sponges, by Dr. G. J. Hinde. The Graptolites, by Prof. Lapworth, Miss Elles, and Miss Wood. The Cambrian Trilobites, by Mr. Philip Lake. The Cretaceous Lamellibranchia, by Mr. H. Woods. The Paloniscid Fishes of the Carboniferous Formation, and the Fishes of the Old Red Sandstone, by Dr. R. H. Traquair. The Fishes of the English Chalk, by Dr. A. Smith Woodward. Geole cit) @E 70) eP 24 ANNUAL REPORT PALASONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY, 1909, Ibi ys Jt Che Council, Secretaries, amd Atembers A LIST OF THE CONTENTS OF THE VOLUMES ALREADY PUBLISHED. Council and Officers elected March, 1909. President, HENRY WOODWARD, Esq., LL.D. F.R.S., F.G.S. Vice- Presidents, Rev. Canon Bonney, D.Sc., F.R.S. G. J. Hinpz, Esq., Pu.D., F.R.S. Sir ARCHIBALD GEIKIE, K.C.B., P.R.S. E. T. Newron, Esq., F.R.S. Council. H. A. Atuen, Hsq., F.G.S. CuemeEnt Rerp, Ese., F.R.S. F. A. Baruer, Hsq., M.A., D.Sc., F.G.S. | W. P. D. Sressine, Hsq., F.G.S. Pror. E. J. Garwoop, M.A., F.G.S. | A. Srranan, Esq., M.A., Sc.D., F.B.S. Wiuiiam Hitt, Esq., F.G.S. | CC. Fox Srraneways, Hsq., F.G.S. Joun Hopxinson, Esq., F.L.S., F.G:S. Pror. W. W. Warts, M.A., F.R.S. W. D. Lane, Esq., M.A., F.G.S. | Rev. G. F. WHIpBoRNE, M.A., F.G.S. Mrs. G. B. Lonesrarr. | Henry Woops, Esq., M.A, F.G.S. F. R. Cowper Rexp, Esg., M.A., F.G.8. | G. W. Youna, Ese., F.G.S. Treasurer. G. J. Hinne, Hsq:., Pa.D., FIR.S., E-G.S: Secretary, A. Surrh Woopwarp, Esq., LL.D., F.R.S., British Museum (Nat. Hist.), South Kensington, London. S.W. Potal Secretaries. Bath—Rerv. H. H. Winwoop, M.A., F.G.S. Hertfordshire —J. Hopxtnson, Hsq., F.G.S. Berlin—Messrs. Frrepuinper & Son. Oxford—Pror. W. J. Souras, F.R.S. Cambridge—H. Woops, Esq., M.A., F.G.S. Staffordshire—Dr. Wuertton Hinp, F.G.S. Cheltenham—L. Ricuarpson, Esq., F.G.S. ANNUAL REPORT OF THE COUNCIL FOR THE YEAR ENDING 31sr DECEMBER, 1908. READ AND ADOPTED AT THE ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING, HELD AT THE APARTMENTS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY, BURLINGION HOUSE, 19TH MARCH, 1909. Dr. HENRY WOODWARD, F.R.S., Prestpent, IN THE CHAIR. Tun Council, in presenting their Sixty-second Annual Report, are glad to be able to record satisfactory progress in the Society’s work. The volume for 1908, which was issued in December, contains the final part of another Monograph, that of “Cretaceous Asteroidea,” besides a small separate work, “ [llustrations of Type Specimens of Inferior Oolite Ammonites,’ which may be regarded as a supple- ment to the volume devoted to those Ammonites already published. It also comprises instalments of the Monographs of ‘‘ English Chalk Fishes,” by Dr. A. 8. Woodward; of ‘Cretaceous Lamellibranchia,”’ by Mr. H. Woods; of “ Cambrian Trilobites,’ by Mr. P. Lake; and of “ British Graptolites,” by the Misses Hlles and Wood, edited by Prof. Lapworth. The Council have received numerous proposals for new Monographs, but are desirous, so far as possible, to complete those in progress before entering upon further undertakings. Owing to the unexpected illness of a contributor who had promised his instal- ment, the volume for 1908 is smaller than usual; and six of the plates with which it is illustrated were drawn and paid for during previous years. The cost of publication was therefore below the estimate, and a small balance remains for use 6 when more expensive Monographs are in progress at some future time. The cost of production varies much with the degree and method of illustration, and the Council deem it advisable, when possible, to retain a small sum for unexpected outlays. Since the last Annual Meeting the Society has sustained serious losses by death. The Council mourn more especially the loss of a distinguished Vice- President, Mr. W. H. Hudleston, F.R.S., whose valuable services had long been at the disposal of the Society. Mr. Hudleston’s wide learning, sound judgment, and personal charm made him an ideal Councillor; while his monograph of the Gastropoda of the Inferior Oolite is a classic among the Society’s publications. Prof. Albert Gaudry, of Paris, who had been a member of the Society for many years and attended the Jubilee Meeting in 1897, died last November. Among others may also be mentioned Sir Thomas Wardle, an enthusiastic amateur, who for some years was a member of Council. The Society’s roll of membership, unfortunately, shows that these recent losses by death have not yet been repaired by accessions of new subscribers, and the Council make a special appeal to all who are interested in the study of fossils to help them. The thanks of the Society are due to the Council of the Geological Society for permission both to store the stock of back volumes and to hold the Council Meetings and the Annual General Meeting in their apartments. In conclusion, it is proposed that the retirimg members of Council be Mr. Upfield Green, Mr. Lake, and Mr. Rudler; that the new members be Sir Archibald Geikie, Prof. Garwood, Mr. F. R. Cowper Reed, and Mr. C. Fox Strangways ; that the new Vice-President be Sir Archibald Geikie; that the President be Dr. Henry Woodward ; the Treasurer, Dr. G. J. Hinde; and the Secretary, Dr. A. Smith Woodward. Annexed is the Balance-sheet. Ga . . re . . . sioupuy 4 DNAOK “A\ TOTOTH NOLMEN “YT, “Gl ‘E061 “6 Youoqy ‘AO “MA. qaqa Ty “NIHOLIY 485 AL "YOY poyeprposmoy “yueo tod ¢ TRIVNT QOEF IoF qdrooea oy waas osTR eavy aM {yoaaI09 aq OF 4 PUB pure ‘sdoyonoa oy} YIM yr paredmoo Qunooor aaoqe oy} poeurMex oat, OA, - ——>>=> ——S===_— 8 SL 9VLF 8 &§L 9P23 gi pury ur yseg @ OL ee | oO We ~ qinoooy yisodeq@ =“ Z | © OL S&F JUNO VY JuaLMOA—yurg yv sourpeq i) eo ; : : : * peugeot onbayy ie@ 1 : ; : : ; : sasanyp Ayog il OF ® : : : qisodaq Wo 4sa10}0T ae eouvinsuy oag «=| «© «69 OL ; ; © SOIREE A 0 OL F ATOTOTLIS PUB VSvysog OOS SSUIMVIP JO a[Vg ) Oras © " WNIIRLOTIOT, $ Aueyart0Eg | OT SS hii ae : "(xy @ RF Pp « IXT [OA ‘WOINGLYSIp pur surporg | AMLOOUE SSeT) YOO}S “yued ted g [WVN OOF wo spueprarq a Ge . : : . . “IX 1OA “6 | @ Git : ; : : (1eak ]) x¥y, emoouy predeay 9, 7 62. TIX 1A Sutpurg | 8 8I 2 ‘0D Y nen ‘sassepy Aq sepeg oe Ol He Ga ° " SIoqIeT, 0} O0YS Youq Jo sapeg oF ee suyuad orpdeasoyyiy pure odfyo][09 | a ONT : srequuayy Aq pred ose 0 8 19 © soqyyd Surmerq OOF OL 81 6z * syoorq Suryeu puv somnsSy-jxe} Summer == «(0 0 (OGF —= care 7 Fei | O) ll $81 S- G161-606T a , 8S «Fe j ; rodug O 61 S9& 68€ 8061 “ OE o : i PUEXCIS ION i i OF 9 Sr 9F 2061-006T— stondimsqng sxoqwueyy al RON ” TIXT ‘TOA ‘sunutad ssord10qyerT OL 91 002 °° : JUNOIDY ASV WOAT YUL 4v oourpeg OS SN ING es oh ee a eg “ "B06L “PSTE taquaseg 0} ‘8061 “Qs, huonune wo1g LO “HaUASVEEL “Sd “AGNIM £ ADYOWD “AC HLM INAOVOV NI ATLAIOOS IVOIHUVUDOLNOW IVd FAI, The following Address was presented by the Rev. Canon Bonney on behalf of the Society to the University of Cambridge in June, 1909, at the celebration of the Centenary of the birth of Charles Robert Darwin :— To THE CHANCELLOR, MASTERS, and SCHOLARS of the UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE. The President and Council of the _PAL/AZKONTO- GRAPHICAL SOCIETY desire to associate themselves with the University of Cambridge in celebrating the Centenary of the birth of Charles Robert Darwin and the Jubilee of his great work, ‘‘ The Origin of Species.” They remember with pride that he was a Member of their Society almost from its foundation till his death in 1882, contributed to their volume for 1851 a Memoir on the fossil Lepadide, and added to it in 1854 one on the fossil Balanidz and Verrucide. They rejoice to think that his systematic studies of the Cirripedia, of which these Memoirs are one result, did much, in the opinion of most competent judges, to perfect his education as a zoologist, and enable him to deal successfully with a problem of singular difficulty. For three centuries at least the University has been distinguished for sons eminent in almost every branch of mathematics, philosophy, and literature; it is now to be congratulated on having added to the number of its naturalists one who has secured a foremost place by the accuracy of his observations, the originality of his ideas, and the soundness of his reasonings. (Signed) HENRY WOODWARD, President. ARTHUR SMITH WOODWARD, Secretary. London, June, 1909. iftSt OF NEEM HRs CORRECTED TO Ist NOVEMBER, 1909. Aberdeen, University Library. Adelaide (Australia) Public Library. Adlard, R. E., Esq., Bartholomew Close. E.C. Allen, Messrs. KH. G. & Son, King Edward Mansions, 14, Grape Street, Shaftesbury Avenue. W.C. Allen, H. A., Hsq., F.G.S., 28, Jermyn Street. S.W. Amherst College, Mass., U.S.A. Amsterdam, Royal Academy of Sciences. Anderson, Tempest, Esq., M.D., F.G.8., 17, Stonegate, York. Andrews, C. W., Esq., D.Sc., F.R.S., British Museum (Nat. Hist.), South Kensington. 8.W. Arkell, Daniel, Esq., St. Philip’s Grammar School, Edgbaston, Birmingham. Arlecdon and Frizington Public Library, Frizington, Cumberland. Asher and Co., Messrs., 13, Bedford Street, Covent Garden. W.C. Avebury, Right Hon. Lord, F.R.S., 15, Lombard Street. E.C. Bale (Switzerland), University Library. Balston, W. E., Esq , F.G.S., Barvin, Potter’s Bar. Banks, W. H., Esq., Hergest Croft, Kington, Herefordshire. Barclay, F. H., Esq., F.G.S., The Warren, Cromer, Norfolk. Barnes, J., Esq., F.G.S., South Chiff House, Higher Broughton, Manchester. Barrow, George, Esq., F.G.S., 28, Jermyn Street. S.W. Bath, Royal Literary and Scientific Institution. Bather, F. A., Esq., M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S., British Museum (Nat. Hist.). S.W. Battersea Public Library, Lavender Hill. S.W. Bedford, His Grace the Duke of, K.G., F.R.S., Woburn Abbey, Bedfordshire. Bedford Literary Institute, Bedford. Belfast Linen Hall Library, Donegal Square North, Belfast. Belfast, Queen’s College. Bell, W. H., Esq., F.G.S., Cleeve House, Seend, Melksham. Bell and Bradfute, Messrs., 2, St. Giles Street, Edinburgh. * Members are requested to inform the Secretary of any errors or omissions in this list, and of any delay in the transmission of the Yearly Volumes. h 10 Bergen (Norway), Museums Bibliothek. Birkenhead Public Library, Birkenhead. Birmingham Free Public Library, Ratcliff Place, Birmingham. Birmingham Library, Margaret Street, Birmingham. Birmingham University Library. Blackburn Public Library, Blackburn. Blackmore, Humphrey P., Esq., M.D., F.G.S., Salisbury. Blathwayt, Lieut.-Col. Linley, Hagle House, Batheaston, Bath. Blundell, Harold, Esq., Fairlawn, Harpenden, Herts. Bolton, Chadwick Museum. Bonn (Germany), Geological-Palzontological Institute of the University. Bonney, Rev. Canon I’. G., D.Sc., F.R.S., Vice-President, 9, Scroope Terrace, Cambridge. Bootle-cum-Linacre Public Library, Bootle, Liverpool. Bordeaux, University Library. Boston Society of Natural History, Boston, Mass., U.S.A. Boston Public Library, Boston, Mass., U.S.A. Boulogne-sur-Mer (Irance), Bibliotheque Communale. Bradley, F. L., Esq., F.G.S., Ingleside, Malvern Wells. Brighton and Hove Natural History Society, Brighton. Bristol Naturalists’ Society, Geological Section, per B. A. Baker, Esq., 11, Westbury Park, Bristol. Bristol Central Public Library. Bristol Museum of Natural History, Queen’s Road, Bristol. Bristol University College. Bromley Naturalists’ Society, 22, Widmore Road, Bromley, Kent. Brown, Alexander Oestrand, Esq., B.A., F.G.S., 4, The Grove, Highgate. N. Buchan-Hepburn, Sir Archibald, Bart., Smeaton-Hepburn, Preston Kirk, Hast Lothian. N.B. Bullen, Rey. R. Ashington, B.A., F.G.S., Englemoor, Heathside Road, Woking. Burr, Malcolm, Esq., D.Sc., F.L.S., F.G.8., Eastry, Kent. Burrows, Henry W., Esq., I'.G.8., 17, Victoria Street. S.W. Burslem Public Library, Burslem. Buxton Public Library, Town Hall, Buxton. Calcutta, Geological Survey of India. Cambridge Philosophical Society’s Library, New Museums, Cambridge. Cambridge, St. John’s College. Cambridge, Sidney Sussex College. Cambridge, Trinity College. Cambridge, University Library. Cambridge, Sedgwick Museum, Canadian Geological Survey, Sussex Street, Ottawa, Canada. Capetown Geological Commission, South African Museum. Cardiff Public Library, Cardiff. Cardiff, University College of South Wales and Monmouthshire. Carlisle Public Library, Carlisle. Carruthers, R. G., Esq., 33, George Square, Edinburgh. Chelsea Public Library, Manresa Road. S.W. Cheltenham College, Cheltenham. iM Cheltenham Natural Science Society, Cheltenham. Chester Society of Natural Science, Chester. Chicago (U.S.A.), Newberry Library. Chicago (U.S.A.) Public Library. Chicago (U.S.A.), University Library. Chiswick Public Library, Chiswick. W. Christ Church Public Library, Blackfriars Road, Southwark. S.E. Christiania (Norway), University Library. Cincinnati (U.S.A.) Public Library. Clarke, Mrs. Stephenson, Brooke House, Haywards Heath, Sussex. Clermont-Ferrand (France), University Library. Clifton College, Clifton, Bristol. Clough, C. T., Esq., F.G.S., 28, Jermyn Street. S.W. Cobbold, E. 8., Esq., F.G.S., All Stretton, Church Stretton, R.S.O., Shropshire. Coke, Elmsley, Hsq., F.G.8., 65, Station Street, Nottingham. Coombs, J. Ashton, Esq., F.G.S., Albion Lodge, Gloucester Road, Cheltenham. Cooper, C. Forster, Esq., M.A., 14, Orsett Terrace, Hyde Park. W. Cornell University, Ithaca, U.S.A. Coventry Free Public Library, Coventry. Crosfield, Miss Margaret, Undercroft, Reigate. Crosse, Miss, The Yew House, Caterham Valley, Surrey. Croydon Central Public Library, Croydon. Darwin, W. E., Esq., F.G.S., 11, Egerton Place. S.W. Dawkins, Prof. W. Boyd, D.Sc., F.R.S., F.G.S., Fallowfield House, Fallowfield, Manchester. Dawson, Messrs. W., and Sons, St. Dunstan’s House, Fetter Lane. H.C. Deane, Henry, Esq., F.L.S., Equitable Building, First Floor, George Street, Sydney. INES AWe Derby Free Library and Museum, Derby. Devonport Free Public Library, Devonport. Devonshire, His Grace the Duke of, Chatsworth House, Derbyshire. Dijon (France), University Library. Dixon, E., Esq., B.Sc., F.G.S., 28, Jermyn Street. §.W. Dorset County Museum Library, Dorchester. Dowson, E. T., Esq., F.R.M.S., Geldeston, Beccles. Drake, Henry C., Esq., F.G.8., 30, Highfield, Scarborough. Drew, Dr. J., F.G.S., Montrose, Battledown, Cheltenham. Dublin, National Library. Dublin, Royal College of Science for Ireland, Stephen’s Green. Dublin, Royal Irish Academy, 19, Dawson Street. Dublin, Trinity College. Ducie, Right Hon. Earl of, F.R.S., Tortworth Court, Gloucestershire. Dundee Free Library, Dundee. Durham, the Dean and Chapter of (by C. Rowlandson, Esq., The College, Durham). Edinburgh Geological Society, India Buildings, George IV Bridge, Edinburgh. Edinburgh, Royal Scottish Museum, Argyle Square, Edinburgh. 12 Edinburgh Publie Library, Edinburgh. Edinburgh, Royal Society. Edinburgh, University Library. Epsom College, Epsom. Eton College, Windsor, per M. D. Hill, Esq., M.A. Exeter, Royal Albert Memorial Public Library, Queen Street. Fearnsides, W. G., Esq., M.A., F.G.S., Sidney Sussex College, Cambridge. Fleure, Prof. H. J., D.Sc., University College, Aberystwyth. Folkestone Public Library and Museum, Folkestone. Foulerton, Dr. J., 44, Pembridge Villas, Bayswater. W. Friedliinder, Messrs., Local Secretaries, 11, Carlstrasse, Berlin. Frost, G. Allan, Esq., F.G.S., Tubbenden Cottage, Farnborough, Kent. Fuller, Rev. A., M.A., The Lodge, 7, Sydenham Hill. S.E. Galashiels, N.B., Public Library. Galway, University College. Garwood, Prof. E. J., M.A., F.G.S., University College, Gower Street. W.C. Gateshead-on-Tyne Public Library, Gateshead-on-Tyne. Geikie, Sir Archibald, K.C.B., LL.D., Pres.R.S., Vice-President, Shepherd’s Down, Haslemere, Surrey. Gibson, Miss, Hill House, Saffron Walden. Gibson, Walcot, Esq., D.Sc., F.G.S., 10, Kingdon Road, W. Hampstead. N.W. Gilmour, M., Esq., F.Z.S., Saffronhall House, 1, Windmill Road, Hamilton. N.B. Glasgow, Geological Society, 150, Hope Street. Glasgow, Mitchell Library, 21, Miller Street. Glasgow, Royal Philosophical Society, 207, Bath Street. Glasgow Public Museum, Kelvingrove. Glasgow, University Library. Gloucester Free Public Library. Gotha (Germany), Herzogliche Bibliothek. Great Yarmouth Public Library. Green, Upfield, Esq., F.G.S., 8, Bramshill Road, Harlesden. N.W. Greenly, Edward, Esq., F.G.S., Achnashean, near Bangor. Gregory, Prof. J. W., D.Sc., F.R.S., The University, Glasgow. Haileybury College, near Hertford. Halifax Free Public Library, Halifax. Halle (Germany), University Library. Hammersmith Carnegie (Central) Library, Hammersmith. W. Hampstead Public Library, Finchley Road, Hampstead. N.W. Harker, Alfred, Esq., M.A., F.R.S., St. John’s College, Cambridge. Harley, Dr. John, F.L.S., Beedings, Pulborough, Sussex. Harmer, F. W., Esq., F.G.S., Oakland House, Cringleford, near Norwich. Hastings Public Library. Hawick Public Library, Hawick. N.B. Heidelberg (Germany), University Library. Hill, Rey. Edwin, M.A., F.G.S., The Rectory, Cockfield, Bury St. Edmunds. 15 Hill, Wm., Esq., F.G.S., The Maples, Hitchin. Hind, Wheelton, Esq., M.D.Lond., F.R.C.S., F.G.S., Local Secretary, Roxeth House, Stoke- on-T'rent. Hinde, Geo. J., Esq., Ph.D., F.R.S., Treasurer and Vice-President, 24, Avondale Road, South Croydon. Hodges, Isaac, Esq., F.G.8., Eshald House, Woodlesford, near Leeds. Hodges, Figgis, and Co., 104, Grafton Street, Dublin. Holeroft, Sir Charles, The Shrubbery, Summerhill, Kingswinford, near Dudley. Hooley, R. W., Esq., F.G.8., Ashton Lodge, Portswood, Southampton. Hopkinson, John, Esq., F.L.8., F.G.8., Local Secretary, Weetwood, Watford. Hove Public Library, Hove, Brighton. Howse, Sir Henry G., M.S., F.R.C.S., The Tower House, Cudham, near Sevenoaks, Kent. Hudleston, W. H., Esq., F.R.S., F.G.S., The Executors of the late. Hughes, Prof. T. M‘Kenny, M.A., F.R.S., Sedgwick Museum, Cambridge. Hull Public Library, Hull. Hutchinson, Rey. H. N., F.G.S., 17, St. John’s Wood Park, Finchley Road. N.W. Hutton, Miss Mary, Harescombe Grange, Stroud, Gloucestershire. Ipswich Museum, Ipswich. (EF. Woolnough, Esq., Secretary.) Isle of Man Natural History Society, Ramsey, Isle of Man. Johnes, Mrs., and Lady H. Hills, Dolau Cothy, Llandeilo, R.S8.O., South Wales. Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, U.S.A. Johnson, E., Esq., 6°, Bickenhall Mansions, Gloucester Place. W. Johnston, Miss Mary, Hazlewood, Wimbledon Hill. S.W. Jukes-Browne, A. J., Hsq., B.A., F.R.S, F.G.S., Floriston, Cleveland Road, Torquay. Kettering Public Library, Kettering. Kilmarnock Public Library, Kilmarnock. N.B. Kirkcaldy Naturalists’ Society ; John G. Low, Esq., 228, High Street, Kirkcaldy. N.B. Kitchin, F. L., Hsq., M.A., Ph.D., F.G.S., Geol. Survey of England, 28, Jermyn Street. S.W. Knipe, H. R., Hsq., F.L.8., 9, Linden Park, Tunbridge Wells. Lake, P., Esq., M.A., F.G.S., St. John’s College, Cambridge. Lancaster Public Library, Lancaster. Lang, W. D., Esq., M.A., F.G.S., British Museum (Nat. Hist.), South Kensington. S.W. Lapworth, Prof. Charles, LL.D., F.R.S., University of Birmingham. Lausanne (Switzerland) Cantonal Library. Leeds Philosophical and Literary Society, Leeds. Leeds Pubhe Library, Leeds. Leeds, University Library. Leek, Staffordshire, Nicholson Institute. Leicester Town Museum, Leicester. Leipzig (Germany), University Library. Leyton Public Library, Leyton. N.E. 14 Lidge (Belgium), Geological Laboratory of the University. Lille (France), Geological Laboratory of the University, 159, Rue Brale-Maison. Lisbon, Geological Survey of Portugal. Lissajous, Mons. M., 10, Quai des Marans, Macon, France. Liveing, Professor G. D., M.A., F.R.S., Cambridge. Liverpool, Athenzeum Library. Liverpool, Free Pubhe Library. Liverpool, Geological Society of. London, Board of Education, Science Library, South Kensington. S.W. London, British Museum, Bloomsbury. W.C. London, British Museum (Nat. Hist.), Cromwell Road. 8.W. London, Corporation of, Library Committee of, Guildhall. E.C. London, Geological Society, Burlington House. W. London Institution, Finsbury Cireus. H.C. London, King’s College, Strand. W.C. London, Linnean Society, Burlington House, Piccadilly. W. London, Museum of Practical Geology, Jermyn Street. S.W. London, Royal College of Surgeons, Lincoln’s Inn Fields. W.C. London, Royal Institution of Great Britain, Albemarle Street. W. London, Royal Society of, Burlington House. W. London, St. Martin’s-in-the-Fields Public Library, 115, St. Martin’s Lane, W.C. London, Surveyors’ Institution, 12, Great George Street, Westminster. S.W. London, University College, Gower Street. W.C. London, Zoological Society, 3, Hanover Square. W. Longstaff, Mrs., Highlands, Putney Heath. S.W. Loughborough, Carnegie Public Library. Lydekker, Richard, Esq., F.R.S., The Lodge, Harpenden, Herts. Mackenzie, G. W., Esq., 13, William Street, Lowndes Square. S.W. McNeill, Bedford, Esq., F.G.S8., 29, North Villas, Camden Square. N.W. Madras Government Museum, per Messrs. Baker and Co., 6, Bond Court, Walbrook. H.C. Maidstone Museum, per Brenchley Trustees, Maidstone. Malton Field Naturalists’ and Scientific Society, Malton, Yorkshire. Manchester Free Library. Manchester, Geological Society of, 5, John Dalton Street, Manchester. Manchester Literary and Philosophical Society, 36, George Street, Manchester. Marburg (Germany), University of. Marr, J. HK, Esq., M.A., Se.D., F.R.S., St. John’s College, Cambridge. Melbourne Public Library. Mennell, H. T., Esq., F.U.S., The Red House, Croydon. Metcalfe, Henry F., Esq., Cyprus House, Exmouth. Middlesbrough Free Library. Middleton Free Public Library, Middleton, near Manchester. Milan (Italy), Societa Italiana di Scienze Naturali, Palazzo del Museo Civico. Mitchinson, Rt. Rev. J., D.C.L., D.D., Canon of Gloucester and Master of Pembroke College, Oxford. Mond, Robert, Esq., M.A., F.R.S.E., F.G.S., The Elms, Avenue Road, St. John’s Wood. N.W. 1d Munich (Germany), Alte Akademie, Geologisches Museum. Munich Royal Library. Nantwich Puble Library. Neumeyer, Dr. Max, Halle-a.-d.-Saale (Germany). New South Wales, Royal Society of, Sydney. New York (U.8.A.) Public Library. Neweastle-on-Tyne, Armstrong College. Neweastle-on-Tyne, Literary and Philosophical Society of, Westgate Street, Newcastle- on-T'yne. Newcastle-on-Tyne Public Library. Newington Public Library, Walworth Road. S.E. Newport Free Library, Newport, Monmouthshire. Newton, HE. T., Esq., F.R.S., Vice-President, Florence House, Willow Bridge Road, Canonbury. N. North Devon Atheneum, Barnstaple. North Staffordshire Field Club, Stoke, Staffordshire. Northampton Natural History Society, Northampton. Northumberland, His Grace the Duke of, K.G., F.R.S., Alnwick Castle. Norwich Free Library. Norwich, Norfolk and Norwich Library. Nottingham Free Library. Oke, Alfred W., Esq., F.G.S., Orielton, Highfield Lane, Southampton. Oldham Free Public Library. Oswestry Free Public Library. Oxford, Bodleian Library. Oxford, Radcliffe Library. Paisley Philosophical Institution. Paris, Hcole des Mines. Paris, Geological Society of France, 7, Rue des Grands Augustins. Paris, Muséum National d’Histoire Naturelle. Paris, Sorbonne Laboratoire de Géologie. Part, G. M., Esq., Hotel Metropole, Folkestone. Peabody Institute, Salem, Mass., U.S.A. Penton, Edward, Esq., F.G.S., 1, Mortimer Street. W. Penzance, Royal Geological Society of Cornwall. Peterborough Natural History, Scientific, and Archeological Society. Philadelphia (U.S.A.), Academy of Natural Sciences. Pittsburgh (U.S.A.), Carnegie Museum. Plymouth Free Public Library. Plymouth Institution, Library of, Atheneum, Plymouth. Poole Free Library. Portis, Dr. A., Professor of Geology, The University, Rome. Portsmouth Free Public Library. Power, Edward John, Esq., F.G.8., 25, Ashburn Place, South Kensington. S.W. 16 Prague (Bohemia), Royal Geological Institution of the German Carl Ferdinand University. Preston Free Publie Library. Pryor, M. R., Esq., Weston Manor, Stevenage, Herts. Queensland, Museum, Brisbane. Rastall, R. H., Esq., M.A., F.G.S., Christ’s College, Cambridge. Reading Public Library and Museum (W. H. Greenhough, Librarian), Reading. Reed, F. R. Cowper, Esq., M.A., F.G.S8., Gaultier, Madingley Road, Cambridge. Reid, Clement, Esq., F.R.S., 7, St. James’s Mansions, West End Lane. N.W. Rennes (France), University Library. Reynolds, Prof. 8. H., M.A., F.G.S., University, Bristol. Richardson, L., Hsq., F.G.8., Local Secretary, 10, Oxford Parade, Cheltenham. Ripon, the late Marquis of, K.G., 9, Chelsea Embankment. S.W. Rochdale Free Public Library. Roscoe, Philip, Esq., The Sun Dole, Redington Road, Hampstead. N.W. Rowe, A. W., Esq., M.S., M.B., F.G.S., 2, Price’s Avenue, Margate. Rudler, F. W., Esq., 1.8.0., F.G.S., Ethel Villa, Tatsfield, Westerham, Kent. Rugby School Natural History Society. Salfeld, Dr. Hans, Geological Institute of University, Gottingen, Germany. St. Andrews, University Library. St. Helens Free Public Library, The Gamble Institute, St. Helens. Salford Borough Royal Museum and Library, Peel Park, Manchester. Salisbury Free Library. Saunders, James Ebenezer, Esq., F.L.S., F.G.8., 4, Coleman Street. E.C. Scarborough Philosophical Society. Scharff, R. F., Esq., Ph.D., National Museum, Dublin. Schmidt, Dr. Martin, Biichsenstrasse 56, Stuttgart. Scott, D. H., Esq., M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Hast Oakley House, Oakley, Hants. Sheffield Free Public Library. Sheffield, Literary and Philosophical Society of. Sheffield, Weston Park Public Museum. Sheppard, Thomas, Hsq., F.G.S., Municipal Museum, Hull. Sherborne, King’s School, Library of. Shrewsbury Free Public Library. Simpson, Rev. A., B.A., B.Sc., F.G.S., 28, Myrtle Park, Crosshill, Glasgow. Smith, Mrs. Emma, Hencotes House, Hexham. Sollas, Professor W. J., D.Sc., F.R.S., Local Secretary, 173, Woodstock Road, Oxford.. Somersetshire Archeological and Natural History Society, Museum, Taunton. Sophia, University of. South Shields Free Public Library. Southport Free Public Library. Spencer, W. K., Esq., M.A., 19, Avondale Road, South Croydon. Stebbing, W. P. D., Esq., F.G.S., 784, Lexham Gardens, Kensington. W. Stechert, G. H., Hsq., 2, Star Yard, Carey Street, Chancery Lane. W.C. 2 1 P16 Ly Stockholm, Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences. Stoke Newington Public Library, Church Street, Stoke Newington. N. Stoke-upon-Trent Free Library, Stoke-upon-Trent. Stonyhurst College, Blackburn. Storey, Charles B. V., Esq., M.A., F.G.S., 24a, Portland Place. W. Strahan, A., Esq., M.A., Sc.D., F.R.S., Geological Survey, 28, Jermyn Street. S.W. Strangways, C. Fox, Esq., F.G.S., Kylemore, Hollycroft Avenue, West Hampstead. Strickland, Sir C. W., Bart., Hildeney, Malton. Sunderland Corporation Museum. Sunderland Subscription Library, Fawcett Street, Sunderland. Sutcliffe, W. H., Esq., F.G.8., Shore Mills, Littleborough, Lancashire. Swansea Public Library. Swansea, Royal Institution of South Wales. Sydney, New South Wales, University of. Sydney, New South Wales, Australian Museum. Tasmania, Royal Society of. Toronto (Canada), University Library. Torquay Natural History Society, Museum, Babbacombe Road, Torquay. Toulouse (France), University Library. Traquair, R. H., Esq., M.D., UL.D., F.R.S., The Bush, Colinton, Midlothian. Treacher, Llewellyn, Esq., '.G.S., Somercroft, Twyford, Berks. Truro, Royal Institution of Cornwall. Tiibingen (Germany), University Library. Upsala (Sweden), University Library. Vienna, Royal Natural History Court Museum, Geological Department. Walker, B. E., Esq., Canadian Bank of Commerce, Toronto, Canada. Wandsworth Public Library, West Hill, Wandsworth. S.W. Wardle, Sir Thomas, F.G.S8., Executors of the late, Leek. Warren, S. Hazzledine, Esq., F.G.S., Sherwood, Loughton, Essex. Warrington Museum and Library. Warwickshire Natural History and Archeological Society, The Museum, Warwick. Washington, U.S. Geological Survey. Watson, Rev. R. Boog, B.A., F.R.S.E., 11, Strathearn Place, Edinburgh. Watts, Professor W. W., M.A., F.R.S., Imperial College of Science, South Kensington. S.W. Weg, Max, 1, Leplaystrasse, Leipzig, Germany. Wesley and Son, William, 28, Essex Street, Strand. W.C. West Ham Public Library. E. West Hartlepool Public Library. Whidborne, Rey. G. F., M.A., F.G.S., Hammerwood, Hast Grinstead. Whitby Literary and Philosophical Society, Museum, Whitby. Whitechapel Free Public Library, 77, High Street, Whitechapel. E. Wiltshire Archeological and Natural History Society, Devizes. Winchester College Natural History Society, Winchester. Winwood, Rev. Henry H., M.A., F.G.S., Local Secretary, 11, Cavendish Crescent, Bath. Wolverhampton Free Public Library. Wood, J. G., Hsq., M.A., F.S.A., F.G.S., 7, New Square, Lincoln’s Inn. W.C. Woodhead, J. H., Hsq., F.G.S., 14, Staverton Road, Brondesbury Park, Willesden Green. N.W. Woods, Henry, Esq., M.A., F.G.S., Local Secretary, St. John’s College, Cambridge. Woodward, A. Smith, Esq., LL.D., F.R.S., Secretary, British Museum (Nat. Hist.), South Kensington. S.W. Woodward, Henry, Esq., LL.D., F.R.S., President, 13, Arundel Gardens, Notting Hill. W. Worcester Public Library and Hastings Museum, Worcester. Workington Public Library, Workington, Cumberland. Wright, Joseph, Esq., F.G.S., 10, May Street, Belfast. Wiirzburg (Germany), University Library. Yorkshire Philosophical Society, Museum, York. Young, George W., Esq., F.G.S., 34, Glenthorne Road, Hammersmith. W. Yule, Miss A. F., Tarradale House, by Muir-of-Ord, Ross-shire. N.B. Ry) CATALOGUE OF THE CONTENTS OF THE ANNUAL VOLUMES ALREADY PUBLISHED BY THE PALZONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY. Vol. I. Issued March, 1818, The Crag Mollusca, Part I, Univalves, by Mr. S. V. Wood (pp. i—xii, 1—208, pls. i—xxi, for the Year 1847 “and title. page). The Reptilia of the London Clay, Vol. I, Part I, Chelonia, &c., by Prots. Owen and Bell (pp. 1-—76, pls. i—xxvili, vilia, XA, xiiiA, xvi A, xviii A, xix*, xix B, XDXIC} GiKED)): The Eocene Mollusca, Part I, Cephalopoda, by Mr. F. E. Edwards (pp. 1—56, pls. i—ix). » JI. Issued July, 1849, for the year 1848 | The Entomostraca of the Cretaceous Formations, by Mr. T. R. Jones (pp. 1—40, pls. i—vil). The Permian Fossils, by Prof. Wm. King (pp. i—xxxviii, 1—258, pls. i—xxvili*). The Reptilia of the London Clay, Vol. I, Part I, Crocodilia and Ophidia, &c., by Prof. Owen (pp. 1—68, pls. xxix, i—xvi, ii A). The Fossil Corals, Part I, Crag, London Clay, Cretaceous, by Messrs. Milne Edwards and Jules Haime (pp. “[-lxxxv, 1—72, pls. i—xi). The Crag Mollusea, Part II, No. 1, by Mr. S. V. Wood (pp. 1—150, pls. i—xi1). The Wolbers of the Great Oolite, Part I, Univalves, by Messrs. Morris and Lycett 40M » III.’ Issued Ang., 1850, for the Year 1849 3 Vv. Issued June, 1851: forthe Vea lend (pp. i—vui, 1—130, pls. i—xv). 1e Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. I, Part III, No. 1, Oolitic and Liassic, by Mr. Davidson (pp. 1—64, pls. 1—xiii). The Reptilia of the Cretaceous Formations, by Prof. Owen (pp. 1—118, pls. i—xxxvui, vli A, 1x A). | Fossil Corals, Part II, Oolitic, by Messrs. Milne Edwards and Jules Haime Vie elssued June. Le5ih for the Year 1851 (pp. 73—146, pls. xii—xxx). The Fossil Lepadide, by Mr. Charles Darwin (pp. i—vi, 1—88, pls. i—v). The Fossil Corals, Part III, Permian and Mountain-limestone, by Messrs. Milne Edwards and Jules Haime (pp. 147—210, pls. xxxi—xlvi). The Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. I, Part I, Tertiary, by Mr. Davidson (pp. 1—23, pls. i, 11), The Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. I, Part II, No. 1, Cretaceous, by Mr. Davidson (pp. 1—54, pls. i—v). The Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. I, Part III, No. 2, Oolitic, by Mr. Davidson (pp. 65—100, pls. xiv—xvill). The Eocene Mollusca, Part II, Pulmonata, by Mr. F. E. Edwards (pp. 57—122, pls. » WI. Issued Aug., 1852, for the Year 1852 X——Xy;)| The Echinoderms of the Crag, London Clay, &e., by Prof. E. Forbes (pp. i—viul, 1—36, pls. i—iv, and title- -page). The Fossil Corals, Part IV, Devonian, by Messrs. Milne Edwards and Jules Haime (pp. 211—244, pls. xlvii—lvi). The Fossil Brachiopoda, Introduction to Vol. I, by Mr. Davidson (pp. 1—136, pls. i—ix). The Mollusca of the Chalk, Part I, Cephalopoda, by Mr. D. Sharpe (pp. 1—26, pls. i—x). . VII, Issued Dee., 1853, | The Mollusca of the Great Oolite, Part II, Bivalves, by Messrs. Morris and Lycett for the Year 1853 ) (pp. 1—80, pls. i—vili). The Mollusca of the Crag, Part II, No. 2, Bivalves, by My. 8. V. Wood (pp. 151—216, Is. xl1i— xx). The Reptilia of the Wealden Formations, Part I, Chelonia, by Prof. Owen (pp. 1—12, pls. i—ix). ‘The Volume for the year 1849 consists of two separate portions, each of which is stitched i in a paper cover, on which are printed the dates 1848, 1849, and 1850. The one portion contains ‘ Cretaceous Entomostraca’ and ‘ Permian Fossils ’ ; the other, ‘London Clay Reptilia,’ Part II, and ‘ Fossil Corals,’ Part I. 20 CATALOGUE OF VOLUMES—Continued. The Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. 1, Part II, No. 2, Cretaceous (pp. 55—117, pls. vi—xii), with Appendix and Index to Vol. My by Mr. Davidson (pp. 1—30, pl. A). The Reptilia of the Wealden Formations, Part II, Dinosauria, by Prof. Owen (pp. 1 —54, pls. i—xix, xviA). The Molluscs of the Great Oolite, Part III, Bivalves, by Messrs. Morris and Lycett (pp. 81—147, pls. ix—xv). The Fossil Corals, Part V, Silurian, by Messrs. Milne Edwards and Jules Haime (pp. 245—322, pls. lvii—lxxii). The Fossil Balanidz and Verrucide, by Mx. Charles Darwin (pp. 1—44, pls. i, 11). The Mollusca of the Chalk, Part IT, ‘Cephalopoda, by Mr. D. Sharpe (pp. 27—36, pls. x1—xvi). The Hocene Mollusca, Part III, No. 1, Prosobranchiata, by Mr. F. E. Edwards (pp. 123—180, pls. xvi—xxiil). The Mollusea of the Crag, Part II, No. 3, Bivalves, by Mr. 8. V. Wood (pp. 217—342, pls. xxi—xxxl). ee The Reptilia of the Wealden Formations, Part III, by Prof. Owen (pp. 1—26, pls. i—xii). The Eocene Mollusca, Part III, No. 2, Prosobranchiata, continued, by Mr. F. E. Edwards (pp. 181—240, pls. Xx1V—xxXvil). The Mollusca of the Chalk, Part III, Cephalopoda, by Mr. D. Sharpe (pp. 37—68, pls+ XVli— XXvii). The Tertiary Entomostraca, by Mr. T. R. Jones (pp. i—xii, 1—68, pls. i—vi). The Fossil Echinodermata, Oolitic, Vol. I, Part I, by Dr. Wright (pp. v—x, 1—154, pls. i—x). Vol. VIII! Issued May, 1855, for the Year 1854 ye xX) Tesued Heb. l8d7. for the Year 1855 The Fossil Echinodermata, Oolitic, Vol. I, Part I, by Dr. Wright (pp. 155—302, pls. X1—Xxil The Fossil Cr See Part I, London Clay, by Prof. Bell (pp. i—viii, 1—44, pls. i—xi). The Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. II, Part IV, Permian, by Mr. Davidson (pp. 1—sl, X. Issued April, 1858, Pisa a, : for ge aaa The Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. II, Part V, No. 1, Carboniferous, by Mr. Davidson (pp. or the Year 1856 1—48, pls. i—viti). The Reptilia of the Wealden Formations, by Prof. Owen, Part IV (pp. 8—26, pls. iv—xi), and Supplement No. 1 (Pp. 1—7, pls. 1—iii). The Reptilia of the London Clay, Vol. I (Supplement), by Prof. Owen (pp. 77—79. pls. xxviii A, xxviii B). The Fossil Echinodermata, Oolitic, Vol. I, Part III, by Dr. Wright (pp. 303—390, pls. xxili—xxxvi). The Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. II, Part V, No. 2, Carboniferous, by Mr. Davidson (pp. 49—8(. pls. ix—xvi). The Reptilia of the Cretaceous Formations (Supplement No. 1), by Prof. Owen (pp. 19, pls. i—iv). The Reptilia of the Wealden Formations (Supplement No. 2), by Prof. Owen (pp. 20—44, Pp XJ. Issued Nov., 1€59, for the Year 1857 ls. v—xil.) Pp The Polyzoa of the Crag, by Prof. Busk (pp. i—xiv, 1—136, pls. i—xxii). The Fossil Echinodermata, Oolitic, Vol. I, Part IV, by Dr. Wright (pp. 391—468, pls. XXxvli—xliil). The HKocene Mollusca, Part III, No. 3, Prosobranchiata continued, by Mr. F. E. Edwards (pp. 241—330, pls. XXV111—XxXxlll). The Reptilia of the Cretaceous Formations (Supplements No. 2, No. 3), by Prof. Owen (pp. 27—30, pl. vii, pp. 1—25, pls. i—v1). The Reptilia of the Purbeck Limestones, by Prof. Owen (pp. 31—89, pl. viii). The Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. 11, Part V, No. 3, Carboniferous by ‘Mr. Davidson (pp. 81—120, pls. xvii—xxvi). . XII. Issued March,1861, for the Year 1858 The Fossil Brachiopoda, Part V, No. 4, Carboniferous, by Mr. Davidson (pp. 121—21 pls. xxvii—x\lvii). The Reptilia of the Oolitic Formations, No. 1, Lower Lias, by Prof. Owen (pp. 1—14, pls. i—vi). The Reptilia of the Kimmeridge Clay, No. 1, by Prof. Owen (pp. 15, 16, pl. vii). The Eocene Mollusca, Part IV, No. 1, Bivalves, by Mr. 8. V. Wood (pp. 1—74, pls. i—xili). » AIL). Issued Dec., 1861, for the Year 1859 ) 1 This Volume is marked on the outside 1855. ° This Volume is marked on the outside 1856. 21 CATALOGUE OF VOLUMES—Continued. The Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. II, Part V, No. 5, Carboniferous, by Mr. Davidson (pp. 211—280, pls. xlviii—lv). The Reptilia of the Oolitic Formations, No. 2, Lower Lias, by Prof. Owen (pp. 1—26, Vol. XIV. Issued May, 1863, pls. i—xi). for the Year 1860 ) The Reptilia of the Kimmeridge Clay, No. 2, by Prof. Owen (pp. 27, 28, pl. xii). The Fossil Hstheriz, by Prof. Rupert Jones (pp. i—x, 1—1384, pls. i—v). The Fossil Crustacea, Part II, Gault and Greensand, by Prof. Bell (pp. i—vii, 1—40, pls. 1i—x1). KV. Isened May, 1863, The piesa Tee eee Oolitic, Vol. II, Part I (Asteroidea), by Dr. Wright (pp. —130, pls. i—x, x A, xi, xii). HOS ule Laan ete | Supplement to the Great Oolite Mollusca, by Dr. Lycett (pp. 1—129, pls. xxxi—xly). The Trilobites of the Silurian, Devonian, &c., Formations, Part I (Devonian and Silurian), by Mr. J. W. Salter (pp. 1—80, pls. i—vi). The Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. III, Part VI, No. 1. Devonian, by My. Davidson (pp. » XVI. Issued Aug., 1864, 1—56, pls. i—ix). for the Year 1862) The Eocene Mollusca, Part IV, No. 2, Bivalves, by Mr. S. V. Wood (pp. 75—136, pls. X1V—xX). The Reptilia of the Cretaceous Formations (Supplement, No. 4), by Prof. Owen (pp. 1—18, pls. i—ix). The Reptilia of the Wealden and Purbeck Formations (Supplement, No. 3), by Prof. Owen (pp. 19—21, pl. x). E Trilobites of the Silurian, Devonian, &c., Formations, Part II, by Mr. J. W. Salter (pp. 81—128, pls. vii—xiv). The Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. III, Part VI, No. 2, Devonian, by Mr. Davidson (pp. 57—131, pls. x—xx). The Belemnitide, Part I, Introduction, by Prof. Phillips (pp. 1—28). The Reptilia of the Liassic Formations, Part I, by Prof. Owen (pp. 1—40, pls. i—xvi). The Fossil Echinodermata, Oolitic, Vol. If, Part II (Liassie Ophiuroidea), by Dr. Wright (131—154, pls. xi1i—xviil). The Trilobites of the Silurian, Devonian, &c., Formations, Part III, by Mr. J. W. Salter (pp. 129—176, pls. xv—xxv). The Belemnitide, Part II, Liassic Belemnites, by Prof. Phillips (pp. 29 —52, pls. i—vii). The Pleistocene Mammalia, Part I, Introduction, Felis spelea, by Messrs. W. Boyd Dawkins and W. A. Sanford (pp. i—1, 1—28, pls. i—v). Title-pages, &c , to the Monographs on the Reptilia of the London Clay, Cretaceous, and Wealden Formations. The Crag Foraminifera, Part 1, by Messrs. T. Rupert Jones, W. K. Parker, and H. B. Brady (pp. i—vi, 1—72, pls. i—iv). DIX Ieaued Deen 1866. Supplement to the Fossil Corals, Part I, Tertiary, by Dr. Duncan (pp. i—iii, 1—66, for the Year “| pls. i—x). » XVII. Issued June, 1865, for the Year 1863 , XVIII. Issued April, 1866, for the Year 1864 The Fossil Merostomata, Part I, Pterygotus, by Mr. H. Woodward (pp. 1—44, pls. i—ix). The Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. III, Part VII, No. 1, Silurian, by Mr. Davidson (pp. 1—83, pls. i—x11). Supplement to the Fossil Corals, Part IV, No. 1, Liassic, by Di. Duncan (pp. i—iii, 1—44, pls. 1—xi). The Trilobites of the Silurian, Devonian, &c., Formations, Part LV (Silurian), by Mr. . X&X. Issued June, 1867, J. W. Salter (pp. 177—214, pls. xxv*—xxx). for the Year 1866) The Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. III, Part VII, No. 2, Silurian, by Mr. Davidson (pp. 89—168, pls. xili—xxii). The Belemnitide, Part III, Liassic Belemnites, by Prof. Phillips (pp. 53—88, pls. Vlll— xX). Flora of the Carboniferous Strata, Part I, by Mr. E. W. Binney (pp. 1—82, pls. i—vi). Supplement to the Fossil Corals, Part LV, No. 2, Liassic, by Dr. Duncan (pp. 45—73, ls. xl1i—xvil). Re eXoxa wiiesncdjanculeaes The goes Echinodermata, Cretaceous, Vol. I, Part I, by Dr. Wright (pp. 6s—112, for the Year 1867 _ PIS. 1X, X, XI—XX1, XX1 A, Se B). . The Fishes of the Old Red Sandstone, Part I, by Messrs. J. Powrie and E. Ray Lankester (pp. 1—32, pls. i—v). The Pleistocene Mammalia, Part II, Felis spelea, continued, by Messrs. W. Boyd Dawkins and W. A. Saniord (pp. 29—124, pls. vi—xix). 1 From 1865 onwards the Volumes are issued in two forms of binding : first, with all the Monographs stitched together and enclosed in one cover; secondly, with each of the Monographs separate, and the whole of the separate parts placed in an envelope. The previous Volumes are not in separate parts. 22 CATALOGUE OF VOLUMES—Continued. Vol. XXII. Issued Feb., 1869, for the Year 1868 for the Year 1869 ONC Upmliceueduaany. : 5» XXIV. Issued Jan., 1871, for the Year 1870 | XXV. Issued June, 1872, ; for the Year 1871 © » XXVI. Issued Oct., al for the Year 1872 | Supplement to the Fossil Corals, Part II, No. 1, Cretaceous, by Dr. Duncan (pp. 1—26, pls. i—ix). The Fossil Merostomata, Part II, Pterygotus, by Mr. H. Woodward (pp. 45—70, pls. X—XV). The Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. III, Part VII, No. 3, Silurian, by Mr. Davidson (pp. 169—248, pls. xxiii—xxxvil). The Belemnitide, Part IV, Liassic and Oolitic Belemnites, by Prof. Phillips (pp. 89—108, pls. xxi—xxvii). The Reptilia of the Kimmeridge Clay, No. 3, by Prof. Owen (pp. 1—12, pls. i—iv). The Pleistocene Mammalia, Part II, Felis spelwa, concluded, with F. lynx, by Messrs. W. Boyd Dawkins and W. A. Sanford (pp. 125—176, pls. xx—xxil, KOKI EXOT Bs EXTI) . Supplement to the Fossil Corals, Part II, No. 2, Cretaceous, by Dr. Duncan (pp. 27—46, pls. x—xv). The Fossil Echinodermata, Cretaceous, Vol. I, Part III, by Dr. Wright (pp. 113—136, pls. xxXli—xXIX, XXIX A, XX1x B). The Belemnitide, Part V, Oxford Clay, &c., Belemmnites, by Prof. Phillips (pp. 109—128, pls. xxvili—xxxvl). The Fishes of the Old Red Sandstone, Part I (concluded), by Messrs. J. Powrie and H. Ray Lankester (pp. 33—62, pls. vi—xiv). The Reptilia of the Liassic Formations, Part II, by Prof. Owen (pp. 41—82, pls. XVii— xx). The Crag Cetacea, No. 1, by Prof. Owen (pp. 1—40, pls. i—v). The Flora of the Carboniferous Strata, Part II, by Mr. E. W. Binney (pp. 33—62, pls. Vii —xii). The Fossil Echinodermata, Cretaceous, Vol. I, Part IV, by Dr. Wright (pp. 187—160, pls. xxx—xxxix). The Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. III, Part VII, No. 4, Silurian, by Mr. Davidson (pp. 24.9 —397, pls. xxxvili—]). The Eocene Mollusca, Part LV, No. 3, Bivalves, by Mr. S. V. Wood (pp. 137—182, pls. XXI—XxXv). The Fossil Mammalia of the Mesozoic Formations, by Prof. Owen (pp. i—vi, 1—115, pls. i—iv). The Flora of the Carboniferous Strata, Part III, by Mr. E. W. Binney (pp. 63—96, pls. XilI—xXvlll). The Fossil Merostomata, Part III, Pterygotus and Slimonia, by Mr. H. Woodward (pp. 71—120, pls. xvi—xx). Supplement to the Crag Mollusca, Part I (Univalves), by Mr. S. V. Wood, with an Introduction on the Crag District, by Messrs. 8. V. Wood, jun., and F. W. Harmer (pp. i—xxxi, 1—98, pls. i—vii, and map). Supplement to the Reptilia of the Wealden (Iguanodon), No. IV, by Prof. Owen (pp. 1—15, pls. i—iii). The Pleistocene Mammalia, Part IV, Felis pardus, Xc., by Messrs. W. Boyd Dawkins and W. A. Sanford (pp. 177—194, pls. xxiv, xxv). The Pleistocene Mammalia, Part V, Ovibos moschatus, by Mr. W. Boyd Dawkins (pp. 1—30, pls. i—v). Supplement to the Fossil Corals, Part III (Oolitic), by Prof. Duncan (pp. 1—24, pls. i—vil), with an Index to the Tertiary and Secondary Species. The Fossil Echinodermata, Cretaceous, Vol. I, Part V, by Dr. Wright (pp. 161—184, pls. xl—xliv). The Fossil Merostomata, Part IV (Stylonurus, Eurypterus, Hemiaspis), by Mr. H. Woodward (pp. 121—180, pls. xxi—xxx). The Fossil Trigoniw, No. I, by Dr. Lycett (pp. 1—52, pls. i—ix). CATALOGUE OF VOLUMES—Continued. The Fossil Kchinodermata, Cretaceous, Vol. I, Part VI, by Dr. Wright (pp. 185—224, pls. xlv—lii). Supplement to the Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. 1V, Part I (Tertiary and Cretaceous), by Mr. Davidson (pp. 1—72, pls. i—vuii). Suppiement to the Crag Mollusea, Part II (Bivalves), by Mr. 8. V. Wood (pp. 99—231, Vol. XXVII. Issued Feb., 1874, | pls. vili—xi, and add. plate). for the Year 1873 | Supplement to the Reptilia of the Wealden (Iguanodon), No. V, by Prof. Owen (pp. 1—18, pls. 1, 11). Supplement to the Reptilia of the Wealden (Hyleochampsa), No. VI, by Prof. Owen (pp. 1—7). The Fossil Reptilia of the Mesozoic Formations, Part I, by Prof. Owen (pp. 1—14, pls. i, 11). The Post-Tertiary Entomostraca, by Mr. G. 8S. Brady, Rev. H. W. Crosskey, and Mr. : D. Robertson (pp. i—v, 1—282, pls. i—-xvi). co BAO ALOE See ees The Carboniferous Entomostraca, Part I (Cypridinide), by Prof. T. Rupert Jones | and Messrs. J. W. Kirkby and G. 8. Brady (pp. 1—56, pls. i—v). The Fossil Trigoniz, No. II, by Dr. Lycett (pp. 53—92, pls. x—xix). The Flora of the Carboniferous Strata, Part IV, by Mr. HE. W. Binney (pp. 97—147, pls. xix—xxiv). MEENOXTX Tecued Dec. 1875. The Fossil Echinodermata, Cretaceous, Vol. I, Part VII, by Dr. Wright (pp. 225—264, for the Year 1875 | ask ube al). s The Fossil Trigonie, No. III, by Dr. Lycett (pp. 93—148, pls. xx—xxvii). The Fossil Reptilia of the Mesozoic Formations, Part II, by Prof. Owen (pp. 15—94, pls. i1i—xxii). The Carboniferous and Permian Foraminifera (the genus Fusulina excepted), by Mr. H. B. Brady (pp. 1—166, pls. i—xu1). Supplement to the Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. IV, Part II, No. 1 (Jurassic and Triassic), by Mr. Davidson (pp. 73—144, pls. ix—xvi). Supplement to the Reptilia of the Wealden (Poikilopleuron and Chondrosteosaurus), No. VII, by Prof. Owen (pp. 1—7, pls. i—vi). * XXX. Issued Dec.,1876, for the Year 1876 The Fossil Trigonize, No. LV, by Dr. Lycett (pp. 149—204, pls. xxviii—x]). The Eocene Mollusca (Univalves), Part IV, by Mr. S. V. Wood (pp. 8331—361, pl. xxxiv). The Carboniferous Ganoid Fishes, Part I (Paleoniscide), by Dr. Traquair (pp. 1—60, pls. i—vii). The Fossil Reptilia of the Mesozoic Formations, Part III, by Prof. Owen (pp. 95—97, pls. xxii, xxiv). The Fossil Elephants (H. antiquus), Part I, by Prof. Leith Adams (pp. 1—68, pls. i—v). XXXI. Issued Feb.,1877, for the Year 1877 ” The Fossil Echinodermata, Cretaceous, Vol. I, Part VIII, by Dr. Wright (pp. 265—300, pls. Ixia, Lxii—] xix). Index and Title Page to the Fossil Echinodermata, Oolitic, Vol. I (Echinoidea), by Dr. Wright (pp. 469—481). The Fossil Merostomata, Part V (Neolimulus, &c.), by Dr. H. Woodward (pp. 181—263, pls. xxxi—xxxvi, and title-page). Se Supplement to the Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. IV, Part IT, No. 2 (Jurassic and Triassic), by Mr. Davidson (pp. 145—242, pls. xvii—xxix). The Lias Ammonites, Part I, by Dr. Wright (pp. 1—48, pls. i—viii). The Sirenoid and Crossopterygian Ganoids, Part I, by Prof. Miall (pp. 1—82, pls.i, 1a, li—v). Supplement the Reptilia of the Wealden (Goniopholis, Petrosuchus, and Sucho- saurus), No. VIIT, by Prof. Owen (pp. 1—15, pls. i—vi). ; The Pleistocene Mammalia, Part A (Preliminary Treatise), by Prof. Boyd Dawkins (pp. 1—xxyvill). XXXII. Issued Mar.,1878, for the Year 1878 »” | Supplement to the Eocene Mollusca (Bivalves), by Mr. S. V. Wood, 2 plates. 24. CATALOGUE OF VOLUMES—Continued. The Eocene Flora, Vol. I, Part I, by Mr. J. S. Gardner and Baron Kttingshausen (pp. 1—88, pls. i—v). Second Suuplewent to the Crag Mollusca (Univalves and Bivalves), by Mr. S. V. Wood (pp. i, 11, 1—58, pls. i—vi, and title-page). Vol. XX XIII. Issued May,1879, } The Fossil Trigoniw, No. V, by Dr. Lycett (pp. 205 —245, pl. xli, and title-page). for the Year 1879 | The Lias Ammonites, Part II, by Dr. Wright (pp. 49—164, pls. ix—xviii). Supplement to the Reptilia of the Wealden (Goniopholis, Brachydectes, Nannosuchus, Theriosuchus, and Nuthetes), No. IX, by Prof. Owen (pp. 1—19, pls. i—iv). The Fossil Elephants (K. primigenius), Part II, by Prof. Leith Adams (pp. 69—146, \ pls. vi—xy). (pp. 839—58, pls. vi—xi). The Fossil Echinodermata, Oolitic, Vol. II, Part III (Asteroidea and Ophiuroidea), by Dr. Wright (pp. 155—203, pls. xix—xxi, pp. i—iv, and title-page). Supplement to the Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. IV, Part [II (Permian and Carboniferous), by Mr. Davidson (pp. 243—316, pls. xxx—xxxvil). The Lias Ammonites, Part III, by Dr. Wright (pp. 165 —264, pls. xix—x]). The Reptilia of the London Clay, Vol. II, Part I (Chelone), by Prof. Owen (pp. 1—4, pls. i, 11). XXXIV. Issued May,1880, for the year 1880 * | The Eocene Flora, Vol. I, Part II, by Mr. J. 8. Gardner and Baron Ettingshausen The Fossil Echinodermata, Cretaceous, Vol. I, Part LX, by Dr. Wright (pp. 301—324, pls. Ixx—lIxxv). Supplement to the Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. LV, Part IV (Devonian and Silurian, from Budleigh-Salterton Pebble Bed), by Mr. Davidson (pp. 317—368, pls. XXXVH1—xlil). The Fossil Trigonie (Supplement No. 1), by Dr. Lycett (pp. 1—4). The Lias Ammonites, Part IV, by Dr. Wright (pp. 265—328, pls. xxli a, xxiiB, xli—xlviil). The Reptilia of the Liassic Formations, Part III, by Prof.Owen (pp. 83—134, pls. Xxi—xxxili, and title-page). The Fossil Elephants (E. primigenius and H. meridionalis), Part ILI, by Prof. Leith Adams (pp. 147—265, pls. xvi—xxviil, and title-page). XXXY. Issued May,1881, for the Year 1881 ” (pp. 59—86, pls. xu, xill, and title-page). Third Supplement to the Crag Mollusca, by the late Mr. 8. V. Wood (pp. 1—24, pl. 1). The Fossil Echinodermata, Cret., Vol. I, Part X, by Dr. Wright (pp. 325—371, pls. Ixxvi—lxxx, and title-page). Supplement to the Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. 1V, Part V, by Dr. Davidson (pp. 369—383, and title-page). Do., Vol. V, Part I (Devonian and Silurian), by Dr. Davidson (pp. 1—134, pls. 1—Vill). The Lias Ammonites, Part V, by Dr. Wright (pp. 329—400, pls. xlix—li, liia, liii—lxix). 5, XXXVI, Issued June, 1882, for the Year 1882 The Eocene Flora, Vol. II, Part I, by Mr. J. S. Gardner (pp. 1—60, pls. i—ix). The Trilobites of the Silurian, Devonian, &c., Formations, Part V, by the late Mr. J. W. Salter (pp. 215—224, and title-page). The Carboniferous Trilobites, Part I, by Dr. H. Woodward (pp. 1—38, pls. i—vi). » XXXVIT. Issued Oct.,1883, |g jnlement to the Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. V, Part Il (Silurian), by Dr. Davidson for the Year 1883 (pp. 185—242, pls. viii—xvii). The Fossil Trigoniw (Supplement No. 2), by the late Dr. Lycett (pp. 5—19, pls. i—iv and title-page). ; The Lias Ammonites, Part VI, by Dr. Wright (pp. 401—440, pls. lxx—lxxvii). The Eocene Flora, Vol. II, Part II, by Mr. J. S. Gardner (pp. 61—90, pls. x—xx). The Carboniferous Entomostraca, Part I, No. 2, by Prof. 'T. Rupert Jones, Mr. J. W. Kirkby, and Prof. G. S. Brady (pp. i—iii, 57—92, pls. vi, vii, and title-page). », XX XVIII. IssuedDec.,1884, | The Carboniferous Trilobites, Part II, by Dr. H. Woodward (pp. 39—86, pls. vii—x, for the Year 1884. and title-page). Supplement to the Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. V, Part III, by Dr. Davidson (pp. 243—476 pls. xvili—xxi, and title-page). \ The Lias Ammonites, Part VII, by Dr. Wright (pp. 441—480, pls. Ixxviii—lxxxvii). & Hocene Flora, Vol. I, Part III, by Mr. J. 8. Gardner and Baron Httingshausen bo Or CATALOGUE OF VOLUMES—Continued. The Eocene Flora, Vol. II, Part III, by Mr. J. 8. Gardner (pp. 91—159, pls. XX1—Xxvil, and title-page). The Stromatoporoids, Part I, by Prof. Alleyne Nicholson (pp. i—11i, 1—130, pls. i—xi). The Fossil Brachiopoda (Bibliogra hy), Vol. Vil Gop Ic163)) be tiolnte De Dae and Mr. W. H. Dalton. phy), (pp ), by the late Dr. Davidson The Lias Ammonites, Part VIII, by the late Dr. Wright (pp. 481—503, pl. Ixxxviil, and title-page). Vol. X XXIX. Issued Jan., 1886, for the Year 1885 The ne and Histology of Stigmaria Ficoides, by Prof. W. C. Williamson . 1—iv, 1—62, pls. i—xv). a XL. Issued Mar.,1887, ule Fossil Sponges, Part I, by Dr. G. J. Hinde (pp. 1—92, pls. i— for the Year 1886 — (pp. p vill). The Jurassic Gasteropoda, Part I, No. 1, by Mr. W. H. Hudleston (pp. 1—56). The Inferior Oolite Ammonites, Part I, by Mr. 8. S. Buckman (pp. 1—24, pls. i—vi). The Pleistocene Mammalia, Part VI, by Prof. Boyd Dawkins (pp. 1—29, pls. i—vii). The Palwozoic Phyllopoda, Part I, by Prof. T. R. Jones and Dr. Woodward (pp. 1—72, pls. i—xil), The Farasate Gasteropoda, Part I, No. 2, by Mr. W. H. Hudleston (pp. 57—136, pls. i—vi). The Inferior Oolite Ammonites, Part II, by Mr. 8S. S. Buckman (pp. 25—56, pls. vil—xiv). > XLI. Issued Jan., 1888, for the Year 1887 The Strom re ate Part Il, by Prof. Alleyne Nicholson (pp. 181—158, pls. x1i— xix) The Ter tiary Entomostraca (Supplement), by Prof. T. Rupert Jones and Mr. C. D. Sherborn (pp. 1—55, pls. i—iii). The Jurassic Gasteropoda, Part I, No. 3, by Mr. W. H. Hudleston (pp. 137—192, pls. vli—xi). The Inferior Oolite Ammonites, Part III, by Mr. 8. S. Buckman (pp. 57—144, pls. xv, XXIll A). The Devonian Fauna of the South of England, Part I, by the Rev. G. F. Whidborne (pp. 1, 1, 1—46, pls. i—iv). Title-pages and Prefaces to the Monographs on the Reptilia of the Wealden and Purbeck (Supplements), Kimmeridge Clay, and Mesozoic Formations, and on the Cetacea of the Red Crag. . XLII. Issued Mar.,1889, for the Year 1888 The Cretaceous Entomostraca (Supplement), by Prof. T. Rupert Jones and Dr. G. J. Hinde (pp. i—viii, 1—70, pls. i—iv). The Jurassic Gasteropoda, Part I, "yo 4, by Mr. W. H. Hudleston (pp. 193—224, pls. XLII. Issued Mar., 1890, X1li—xXvi). for the Year 1889 ) The Inferior Oolite Ammonites, Part IV, by Mr. 8.8. Buckman (pp. 145—224, pls. XX1V—XxXxvVI). The Devonian Fauna of the South of England, Part II, by the Rev. G. F. Whidborne (pp. 47—154, pls. v—vill, vil A, ix—xy). S Fossil Sponges, Part I, by Dr. G. J. Hinde (pp. 93—188, pl. ix). The Stromatoporoids, Part III, by Prof. Alleyne Nichoison (pp. 159—202, pls. xx—xxv). The Fossil Echinodermata, Cretaceous, Vol. II, Part I (Asteroidea), by Mr. W. Percy Sladen (pp. 1—28, pls. i—viii). XLIV. Issued Apr.,1891, | The Inferior Oolite Ammonites, Part V, by Mr. 8. S. Buckman (pp. 225—256, pls. for the Year S XxXvii—xliv). 39 The Devonian Fauna of the South of England, Part ILI, by the Rev. G. F. Wihidborne (pp. 155—250, pls. xvi—xxiv). Title-pages to the Supplement to the Fossil Corals, by Prof. Duncan. The Jurassic Gasteropoda, Part I, No. 5, by Mr. W. H. Hudleston (pp. 225—272, pls. XVII—xx). The Inferior Oolite Ammonites, Part VI, by Mr. 8.8. Buckman (pp. 257—312, pls. XLV. Issued Feb.,1892, | xlv—lvi). for the Year 1891 ) The Devonian Fauna of the South of England, Part IV (Conclusion of Vol. I) (pp. 251—344, pls. xxv—xxxi, and title-page). Vol. II, Part I, by the Rev. G. F. Whidborne (pp. 1—56, pls. i —v). d ” Y6 CATALOGUE OF VOLUMES—Continued. The Stromatoporoids, Part IV (Conclusion), by Prof. Alleyne Nicholson (pp. 208— 234, pls. xxvi—xxix, and title-page). The Paleozoic Phyllopoda, Part II, by Prof. T. R. Jones and Dr. Woodward (pp. 73— 124, pls. x11—xvii). Vol. XLVI. Issued Nov.,1892, | The Jurassic Gasterupoda, Part I, No. 6, by Mr. W. H. Hudleston (pp. 273—324, pls. for the Year 1892 - XXI—XXVl). The Inferior Oolite Ammonites, Part VII, by Mr. 8. 8. Buckman (pp. 313—344, pls. lvii—lxxvi). s The Devonian Fauna of the South of England, Vol. II, Part II, by the Rev. G. F. Whidborne (pp. 57—88, pls. vi—-x). ‘ The Fossil Sponges, Part III, by Dr. G. J. Hinde (pp. 189—254, pls. x—xix). The Fossil Echinodermata, Cretaceous, Vol. II, Part II (Asteroidea), by Mr. W. Percy Sladen (pp. 29—66, pls. ix—xvi). The Inferior Oolite Ammonites, Part VIII, by Mr. 8. S. Buckman (pp. 345—376, pls. lxxvil—xcil). The Devonian Fauna of the South of England, Vol. II, Part ILI, by the Rev. G. F. Whidborne (pp. 89—160, pls. xi—xvii). 5, XLVII. Issued Dec., 1893, for the Year 1893 | The Jurassic Gasteropoda, Part I, No. 7, by Mr. W. H. Hudleston (pp. 325—290, pls. XXV11—XXX11). | Carbonicola, Anthracomya, and Naiadites, Part I, by Dr. W. Hind (pp. 1—80, pls. ,» XLVIII. Issued Nov., 1894, 1—xI1). for the Year 1894) The Inferior Oolite Ammonites, Part IX, by Mr. 8. 8. Buckman (pp. 377—456, pls. x¢Clll—Cill). | The Fishes of the Old Red Sandstone, Part II, No. 1, by Dr. R. H. Traquair (pp. 63— 90, pls. xv——xviii). The Crag Foraminifera, Part II, by Prof. T. R. Jones (pp. 73—210, pls. v—vii). The Jurassic Gasteropoda, Part I, No. 8, by Mr. W. H. Hudleston (pp. 391—444, pls. SIA SO XXxili—x]). me eel Seta ate Seen tees seat und Naiadites, Part II, by Dr. W. Hind (pp. 81—170, pls. The Devonian Fauna of the South of England, Vol. II, Part 1V, by the Rev. G. F. Whidborne (pp. 161—212, pls. xviii—xxiv). The Crag Foraminifera, Part ILI, by Prof. T. R. Jones (pp. 211—314). The Jurassic Gasteropoda, Part I, No. 9, by Mr. W. H. Hudleston (pp. 445—514, pls. xli—xliv, and title-page). ae L. Issued Oct., 1896, | Carbonicola, Anthracomya, and Naiadites, Part III, by Dr. W. Hind (pp. 171—182, for the Year 1896 © pl. xxi, and title-page). The Carboniferous Lamellibranchiata, Part I, by Dr. W. Hind (pp. 1—80, pls. i, 11). The Devonian Fauna of the South of England, Vol. III, Part 1, by the Rev. G. F Whidborne (pp. 1—112, pls. i—xvi). title-page). : ie The Carboniferous Lamellibranchiata, Part II, by Dr. W. Hind \pp. 81—208, pls. in =) The Carboniferous Cephalopoda of Ireland, Part I, by Dr. A. H. Foord (pp. 1—22, pls. i—vii). The Devonian Fauna of the South of England, Vol. III, Part II, by the Rev.G. F. Whidborne (pp. 113—178, pls. xvii—xxi). | The Crag Foraminifera, Part IV, by Prof. T. R. Jones (pp. vii—xv, 315—402, and LI. Issued Dec., 1897, for the Year 1897 The Paleozoic Phyllopoda, Part III, by Prof. T. R. Jones and Dr. Woodward (pp. 125 —176, pls. xviii—xxv). The Carboniferous Lamellibranchiata, Part III, by Dr. W. Hind (pp. 209—276, pls. XVi—xxXv). ra LI. Issued Dec., 1898, |} The Inferior Oolite Ammonites, Part X, by Mr. S. S. Buckman (pp. i—xxxii, Suppl. for the Year 1898 pls. i—iv). The Carboniferous Cephalopoda of Ireland, Part II, by Dr. A. H. Foord (pp. 23—48, pls. viii—xvii). The Devonian Fauna of the South of England, Vol. III, Part III, by the Rev. G. F. Whidborne (pp. 179—236, pls. xxii—xxxviii). 5 ~ b NI CATALOGUE OF VOLUMES—Continued. The Paleozoic Phyllopoda, Part IV, by Prof. T. R. Jones and Dr. Woodward (pp. 1—xv, 175, 176, 177—211, pls. xxvi —xxxi, and title-page). The Cretaceous Lamellibranchia, Part I, by Mr. H. Woods (pp. 1—72, pls. i—xiv), The Carboniferous Lamellibranchiata, Part IV, by Dr. W. Hind (pp. 277—360, pls. XXVI—XXXI1X). The Inferior Ovlite Ammonites, Part XI, by Mr. S. S. Buckman (pp. xxxiii—Ixiv, pls. vV—XIVv). Vol. LIII. Issued Dec., 1899, for the Year 1899 | © The Cretaceous Lamellibranchia, Part II, by My. H. Woods (pp. 73—112, pls. xv—x1x). The Carboniferous Lamellibranchiata, Part V, by Dr. W. Hind (pp. 361—476, pls. xl —liv). The Carboniferous Cephalopoda of Ireland, Part III, by Dr. AH. Foord (pp. 49—126, pls. xvili—xxx1l). The British Pleistocene Mammalia, Titie-page for Vol. I, by Messrs. Dawkins and Sanford. _ The Structure of Carboniferous Plants, Title-page, by Mr. E. W. Binney. » LIV. Issued Dec., 1900, for the Year 1900 ~ The Cretaceous Lamellibranchia, Part III, by Mr. H. Woods (pp. 113—144, pls. xx — XXV1). The Carboniferous Lamellibranchiata, Vo!. II, Part I, by Dr. W. Hind (pp. 1—34, pls. i—vi), Title-page and Index for Vol. I. ,» LV. Issued Dec., 1901, | The Carboniferous Cephalopoda of Ireland, Part IV, by Dr. A. H. Foord (pp. 127— for the Year 190] ~ 146, pls. xxxili— xxxix). British Graptolites, Part I, by Miss Elles and Miss Wood, edited by Prof. Lapworth (pp. 1—54, pls. i—iv). Ganoid Fishes of British Carboniferous Formations—Part I, Palewoniscide, No. 2, by Dr. Ramsay H. Traquair (pp. 61—87, pls. viii—xviii). ’ The Cave Hyena, by Prof. S. H. Reynolds (pp. 1—25, pls. i—xiv). The Fishes of the English Chalk, Part I, by Dr. A. Smith Woodward (pp. 1—56, pls. I—xil1), The Cretaceous Lamellibranchia, Part [V, by Mr. H. Woods (pp. 145—196, pls. xxvii —XXXvill). British Graptolites, Part I, No. 2,, by Miss Elles and Miss Wood, edited by Prof. Lap- worth (pp. i—xxviii, 55—94, pls. y—xiui). » LVI. Issued Dec., 1902, | for the Year 1902 The Fishes of the English Chalk, Part IJ, by Dr. A. Smith Woodward (pp. 57—96, pls. xiv—xx). The Cretaceous Lamellibranchia, Part V, by Mr. H. Woods (pp. i—xliii, 197—282, pls. xxxix—xlu), Title-page and Index for Vol. I. The Carboniferous Lamellibranchiata, Vol. II, Part II, by Dr. W. Hind (pp. 35—124, » LVII. Issued Dec., 1903, pls. vil—xx1). for the Year 1903 | The Carboniferous Cephalopoda of Ireland, Part V, by Dr. A. H. Foord (pp. 147—234, pls. xl—xlix), Title-page and Index. The Lower Paleozoic Trilobites of Girvan, Part I, by Mr. F. R. Cowper Reed (pp. 1— 48, pls. i—vi). British Graptolites, Part III, by Miss Elles and Miss Wood,’edited by Prof. Lapworth (pp. xxix—lii, 103—134, pls. xiv—xix). ~ The Fishes of the Old Red Sandstone, Part II, No. 2, by Dr. R. H. Traquair (pp. 91—118, pls. xix—xxvi). The Cretaceous Lamellibranchia, Vol. II, Part I, by Mr. H. Woods (pp. 1—56, pls. 1—Vvli). The Carboniferous Lamellibranchiata, Vol. II, Part III, by Dr W. Hind (pp. 125— ,, UVIII. Issued Dec., 1904. | 216, pls. xxii—xxv). for the Year 1904 | The Inferior Oolite Ammonites, Part XII, by Mr. S. 8. Buckman (pp. lxv—elxviii, pls. xv—xix). The Lower Paleozoic Trilobites of Girvan, Part II, by Mr. F. R. Cowper Reed (pp. 49—96, pls. vii—xili). British Graptolites, Part IV, by Miss Ellesand Miss Wood, edited by Prof. Lapworth (pp. liii—lxxii, 135—180, pls. xx—xxv). IR CATALOGUE OF VOLUMES—Continued. The Fossil Echinodermata, Cretaceous, Vol. II, Part III, by Mr. W. K. Spencer (pp. 67—90, pls. xvii—xxvi). The Cretaceous Lamellibranchia, Vol. II, Part If, by Mr. H. Woods (pp. 57—96, ols. vili— x1). The Gunionsteroue Lamellibranchiata, Vol. II, Title-pages and Index, by Dr. W. Hind. The Inferior Oolite Ammonites, Part XIII, by Mr. 8. 8. Buckman (pp. elxix—cevil, pls. xx—xxiv). The Cornbrash Fauna, Part I, by the Rev. J. F. Blake (pp. 1—100, pls. i—ix). Vol. LIX. Issued Nov., 1905, | for the Year 1905 The Pleistocene Bears, by Prof. S. H. Reynolds (pp. 1—35, pls. i—viii). The Fishes of the Old Red Sandstone, Part II, No. 3, by Dr. R. H. Traquair (pp. 119—130, pls. xxvli—xxxi). The Cretaceous Lamellibranchia, Vol. II, Part Il], by Mr. H. Woods (pp. 97—182, pls. X11—Xix). | The ones Palxozoic Trilobites of Girvan, Part III, by Mr. F. R. Cowper Reed (pp. 97—186, Title-page and Index, pls. xiv—xx). The Cambrian Trilobites, Part I, by Mr. P. Lake (pp. 1—28, pls. 1, 11). British Graptohtes, Part V, by Miss Elles and Miss Wood, edited by Prof Lapworth (pp. Ixxili—xevi, 181—216, pls. xxvi, xxvii). » LX. Issued Dec., 1906, for the Year 1906 and Postscript). Ganoid Fishes of British Carboniferous Formations, Part I, Paleoniscide, No. 3, by Dr. R. H. Traquair (pp. 87—106, pls. xix—xxiu). The Fishes of the English Chalk, Part III, by Dr. A. Smith Woodward (pp. 97—128, ls. xxi—xxvi). The Inferior Oolite Ammonites, Part XIV, by Mr. 8. 8. Buckman (pp. ecix—celxii, Title-pages, Preface, and Index). The Cretaceous Lamellibranchia, Vol. IJ, Part IV, by My. H. Woods (pp. 133—180, pls. xx—xxvli). The Fossil Echinodermata, Cretaceous, Vol. II, Part IV, by Mr. W. K. Spencer (pp. 91—182, pls. xxvii—xxix). The British Conularie, by Miss Ida L. Slater (pp. 1—40, pls. i—v, Title-page and Index). The Cambrian Trilobites, Part II, by Mr. P. Lake (pp. 29—48, pls. 1, iv). British Graptolites, Part VI, by Miss Elles and Miss Wood (Mrs. Shakespear), edited by Prof. Lapworth (pp. xevii—exx, 217—272, pls. xxvili—xxxi). The Devonian Fauna of the South of England, Vol. II, Part V, and Vol. III, Part LV, by the Rev. G. F. Whidborne (Vol. II, pp. 215—222, Title-page and Index ; Vol. IIL, pp. 237—247, Title-page and Index). The Cornbrash Fauna, Part II, by the Rev. J. F. Blake (pp. 101—102, Title-pageand Index). LXI. Issued Dec., 1907, for the Year 1907 The Sirenoid Ganoids, Part II, by Prof. L. C. Miall (pp. 383—34, Title-page, Preface, The Fishes of the English Chalk, Part IV, by Dr. A. Smith Woodward (pp. 129—152, pls. xxvii—xxxil). Illustrations of Type Specimens of Inferior Oolite Ammonites (pls. i—vii). The Cretaceous Lamellibranchia, Vol. II, Part V, by Mr. H. Woods (pp. 181—216, LXII. Issued Dec., 1908, | pls. xxvili—xxxiv). for the Year 1908 | The Fossil Echinodermata, Cretaceous, Vol IJ, Part V, by Mr. W. K. Spencer (pp. 133—138, Title-page and Index). The Cambrian Trilobites, Part III, by Mr. P. Lake (pp. 49—64, pls. v, vi.) British Graptolites, Part VII, by Miss Elles and Miss Wood (Mrs. Shakespear), edited by Prof. Lapworth (pp. exxi—exlvili, 273—358, pl. xxxii—xxxv). The Pleistocene Canide, by Prof. S. H. Reynolds (pp. 1—28, pls. i—vi). Ganoid Fishes of British Carboniferous Formations, Part I, Paleoniscide, No. 4, Dr. R. H, Traquair (pp. 107—122, pls. xxiv—xxx). The Fishes of the English Chalk, Part V, by Dr. A. Smith Woodward (pp. 153—184, pls. xxxili—xxxviii). The Cretaceous Lamellibranchia, Vol. II, Part V1, by Mr. H. Woods (pp. 217—260, pls. xxxv—xliv). The Mollusca of the Chalk, Part J. Cephalopoda, by Mr. D. Sharpe (Title-page and Index). niti . LXIIL. Issued Dee., 1909, for the Year 1909 © The Belemnitide, by Prof. Phillips (Title-page and Index). Palxontographical Soctety, 1909. me PMEOIN © GAR ACE El BRITISH PLEISTOCENE MAMMALIA VOL. BAR Dh. TEE CAND AG. BY SIDNEY Hy REYNOLDS, WEA EGS. GY IN THE UNIVERSITY OF BRISTOL Paces 1—28; Puates I—VI. LOIN DIO Ne: PRINTED FOR THE PALHONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY. 1909: PRINTED BY ADLARD AND SON, LONDON AND DORKING. MONOGRAPH ON ret. © be ho Set ~ Neve NE Aes OF THE PLEISTOCENE PERIOD. Order—CARNIVORA. Famiry—CANIDA. Genus—CAaAnlis. I. HISTORICAL INTRODUCTION. Av the commencement of a previous memoir dealing with the Pleistocene * bears reference was made to the difficulty which the study of those animals presented owing to the practical impossibility of coming to a satisfactory conclusion with regard to the mutual relationship of the various species and varieties. That diffi- culty presents itself in perhaps an even more marked form in the case of the Camide. The earliest reference to the existence of fossil Canidz is Hsper’s® account (1774) of the finding of bones in the cave at Gailenreuth which he recognised as those of wolf. Rosenmiiller * (1794), in a pamphlet written in Latim and dealing principally with the fossil bears, stated that bones of dogs and foxes, as well as of wolves, had been found in caves, but considered that the bones of foxes were intro- 1 The terms “‘ Pleistocene”? and “ Prehistoric” are used in the following pages in the sense as defined by Dawkins and Sanford, ‘Monograph of the British Pleistocene Mammalia,’ vol. i, p. 7. 2 « Ausfiithrliche Nachricht—Zoolithen Bayreuth.’ 3 *Quzdam de Ossibus fossilibus animalis,’ Leipzig, p. 27. 2 PLEISTOCENE MAMMALIA. duced by diluyial action, and were not contemporaneous with the associated bear and hyena bones. ‘The earlier writers were disposed to doubt the identity of the canine bones found in caves with those of living species. Thus Goldfuss, who in 1810 had figured ! the skull of a wolf from Miggendorf, when describing thirteen years later? (1823) a wolf’s skull from Gailenreuth, regarded it as specifically dis- tinct from Canis lupus. Cuvier,’ too (1812 and 1825), was apparently disposed to regard the wolf remains in his possession as specifically distinct from the modern species. He made further comparisons of the skeletal characters of wolves and dogs, and agreed with Daubenton * (1758) in recognising the extreme difficulty in distinguishing between the skull of a wolf and that of a dog. The first author to express himself decisively as to the identity of the fossil remains of the wolf with those of the living species was Schmerling*® (1833) in his description of bones from the caverns of Li¢ge. M. de Serres, Dubrueil, and Jeanjean ® (1839), though not expressing themselves very definitely, attributed the canine bones found in the caves of Lunel Viel to the living species. The question as to the specific identity of the recent and fossil species was, however, fully considered by de Blainville’ (1844), who, in his ‘ Ostéographie,’ discussed and summarised all the evidence, strongly supporting the view that no distinction could be drawn between the wolves, dogs, and foxes of the caves and those living at the present day. Owen, too, in his ‘ British Fossil Mammals and Birds’* (1846), in which a full account of the fossil Canidz was given, agreed that “the wolves which our ancestors extirpated were of the same species as those which . . . left their bones in the limestone caverns Since then almost all zoologists who have considered the subject have agreed as to the specific identity of the fossil remains of the wolf with those of the living species, but Pomel (1854) and Bourguignat as lately as 1875 maintained the con- trary view, the latter author retaining the name Canis spelxus of Goldfuss for the fossil wolves of the caverns. Meanwhile the bones of wolf and fox had been described from many British caves, such as Kirkdale (Buckland,’ 1822), where, however, they were very scanty, * «Die Umgebungen von Miiggendorf’ (Erlangen). ‘Satigethiere der Vorwelt,’ p. 451. ‘Oss. Foss.,’ tom. iv, iv, pp. 5—9 (1812), and ibid., ed. 3, tom. iv, pp. 457—467 (1825). * In Buffon’s ‘ Histoire Naturelle,’ tom. vii, p. 58. 5 6 2 } techerches sur les Ossemens fossiles des Cavernes de Litge,’ tom. 1, pp. 22—46. a ‘Recherches Oss. humatiles des Cavernes de Lunel Viel,’ pp. 72—74. ‘ Ostéographie—Carnassiers,’ pp. 101—104. ‘ British Fossil Mammals and Birds, p. 132. 9 ¢ Phil. Trans.,’ exii, p. 182. ~ ao CANIS. 3 Paviland (Buckland,’ 1824), Oreston (Clift and Whidbey,” 1823), Banwell (Rutter,? 1829), Yealm Bridge, Devon (Bellamy,* 1839). Buckland, in the ‘ Reliquize Dilu- vianze ° (1824), gives a table showing that these animals had been recognised in various other Pleistocene deposits, both in Britain and on the continent. The question as to the specific identity of the fossil Canidae of the caves with those ving at the present time being settled, the far more difficult one concerning the mutual relationship of the wolves, jackals, and dogs occupied attention. This question had, as has been already mentioned, been considered by Cuvier and Daubenton. It was fully discussed in 1844 by de Blainville,? who went beyond those anatomists in being unable to recognise any osteological distinction between dogs and wolves, and by Pictet’ (1853), who was the earliest author to suggest as the origin of the domestic dogs, not any known species of Canis living or fossil, but an unknown species assumed to have existed in Pleistocene times. Between 1859 and 15885 appeared a long series of papers dealing with the Pleistocene and Prehistoric Canide of Ireland, which were described from the following localities: Dunshaughlin, co. Meath (Wilde,® 1859, dog); Shandon, co. Clare (Adams,’ 1879, wolf and fox); Knockninny, co. Fermanagh (Haughton,!” 1876, wolf, dog, fox) ; Ballynamintra, co. Waterford (Adams,” 1881, wolf, dog) ; Knockmore, co. Fermanagh (Ball,” 1885, wolf). More recent are the records from Kesh, co. Sligo (Scharff, 1903, wolf, dog, fox), and Edenvale, co. Clare (Scharff, 1906, wolf, dog, fox, Arctic fox). At Shandon and Kesh it is probable that deposits of both Pleistocene and Prehistoric date occur. At all the other Irish localities in the above list it is probable that the remains belong solely to the Prehistoric period. Other important records of Pleistocene canine remains are those of Kent's Cavern, Torquay (MacHnery, 1859, wolf, fox), Wookey Hole near Wells (Dawkins,“ 1862 and 1863, wolf, fox), Creswell Crags, Derbyshire (Busk,” 1875, wolf, fox, Arctic fox). The occurrence of the Arctic fox in Britain had not been previously noted. The records from Norwich (Denny, 1859, dog) and from 1 * Reliquie Diluviane,’ p. 85. 2 «Phil. Trans.,’ cxiu, p. 88. 3 * Delin. Co. Somerset,’ p. 156. 4 «Nat. Hist. 8S. Devon.’ Bellamy’s account is reproduced by Pengelly in his paper on “The Literature of the Caverns near Yealmpton, 8. Devon,” ‘Trans. Devon. Assoc.,’ iv, 1871, p. 92. > *Reliquize Diluviane,’ facing p. 1. 6 « Ostéographie—Carnassiers, pp. 101—104. 7 «Traité de Paléontologie,’ tom. i, p. 202. 8 «Proc. Roy. Irish Acad.,’ vii, p. 193. 9 «Trans. Roy. Irish Acad.,’ xxvi (Sci.), p. 227. 10 «Proc. Roy. Irish Acad.,’ (2), ii (Sci.), p. 482. 1 «Trans. Roy. Dublin Soe.’ (2), i, p. 205. 2 Thid. (2), i, p. 335. 13 * Cavern Researches.’ 14 «Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.,’ xviii, p. 124; and xix, p. 267. 15 Thid., xxxi, pp. 684—687. 16 « Proce. Yorks. Geol. Polyt. Soc.,’ i, p. 538. t PLEISTOCENE MAMMALTA. Burrington Combe, Somerset (Dawkins,’ 1864, wolf, fox), are of Prehistoric, not Pleistocene remains. More recent are Newton’s’? account (1894) of the fauna of the Ightham fissure near Maidstone, in which the Arctic fox was again met with, and Newton and Arnold Bemrose’s* account (1905) of the Hoe Grange Cave, Derbyshire, where scanty remains of the wolf and common fox were found. More comprehensive records are those of Falconer* (1868), who showed that bones of both wolf and fox had been recognised in all eight of the Gower caves, and Dawkins? (1869), who, in his well-known paper on the ‘ Distribution of the British Post-Glacial Mammals,’ gives a long list of localities for canine bones. Much additional information with regard to both the Pleistocene and Pre- historic Canidz is contained in Dawkins and Sanford’s introduction to their Memoirs on the British Pleistocene Mammalia (Paleontographical Society, 1866). Harting’s ‘ Extinct British Animals,’ published in 1880, though chiefly concerned with the wolf during the historic period, has some account of its occurrence in Britain in Pleistocene and Prehistoric times, and adds some further localities® to Dawkins’ list. Pennington’s ‘ Notes on the Barrows and Bone Caves of Derby- shire’ (1877), though treating the subject in a more or less popular fashion, contains some further information. During the middle and latter part of the last century, too, the question of the mutual relationship of the Canide was not left unconsidered, being discussed by Riitimeyer ? (1862), Jeitteles* (1872 and 1877), and Bourguignat’ (1875), while more recently the subject has been taken up by Huxley !° (1880), Woldrich " (1881 and 1886), Lydekker ” (1884), von Pelzeln (1886), Wileckens™* (1886), Nehring * (1888), Boule” (1889), Vieira” (1894), Gaudry and Boule’ (1892), Studer’ (1902) ' «Proc. Somerset. Arch. and Nat. Hist. Soc.,’ xii, pp. 161-—176. 2 «Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.,’ 1, pp. 201—203. * Thid., lxi, pp. 49 and 50. 4 «Pal. Mem.,’ ii, p. 525. » “Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.,’ xxv, p. 192. © Op, cit.,.p. 118) 7 «Untersuchung der Tierreste aus Pfahlbauten der Schweiz’ (1862). 8 *Mittheil. d. anthropol. Gesell. in Wien,’ ii, p. 169 (1872), and ‘Die Stammvater unserer Hunderassen’ (1877). 9 «Ann. des Sciences Géol.,’ vi, p. 33. 10 «Proce. Zool. Soc.,’ 1880, pp. 238—288, "* Mittheil. der anthropol. Gesell. in Wien’ (1881), xi, and ‘ Anz. Akad. Wien’ (1886), p. 12. 2 «Paleont. Indica,’ ser. 10, vol. ii, p. 240. 13 ¢ Zool. Jahrbuch,’ i, pp. 225—240. 4 «Biol. Centralbl.,’ v, pp. 719 and 751. 15 * Naturwissenschaft. Wochenschrift,’ ii. 16 «Comptes Rend.,’ eviii, p. 201. 7 « Ann. Sci. Nat. Porto,’ i, p. 109. 18 «Mat. pour I’Hist. des Temps quatern.,’ fase. iv, pp. 123—129. 19 « Abh. schweiz. pal. Ges.,’ xxviil, art. 1 (1902). CANIS. b) and Keller’ (1903). A very brief summary of their several conclusions is given subsequently when dealing with the mutual relationship of the Pleistocene and Prehistoric Canide. Hy DISTRIBUMON IN BRUEAIN: Although this memoir is, strictly speaking, only concerned with the Pleistocene Canidz, when the range of a species extends into other strata, whether pre- or > 5 ? I post-Pleistocene, brief reference must be made to such remains as occur. THe Worr (Canis lupus*). The oldest British formation in which the remains of the wolf have been found is the Red Crag. Owen,* in 1856, first noted their occurrence in British Pliocene deposits, describing certain teeth from Woodbridge, which he attributed, with some hesitation, to this species. Newton* (1891) described two canine teeth from the Red Crag of Boyton, which he believed to be those of the wolf. Owen also identi- fied a humerus from the Forest Bed, but Newton remarks that it is very doubtful whether there is evidence of the wolf being represented at this horizon. The bone in question is now preserved in the Museum of the Geological Survey at Jermyn Street, London. These scanty records comprise the whole evidence for the occurrence of the wolf in Britain in pre-glacial times. During Pleistocene times, however, wolves abounded throughout England, their remains having been found in nearly every bone-cave of this period (see list, p. 10) and in many river deposits,’ ete. There have been comparatively few records of the wolf from Scotland, this probably bemg largely due to the lack of caves and deposits suitable for the preservation of the bones. This explanation will not, however, account for the scarcity and generally fragmentary condition of the wolf-bones found in Ireland. Fragmentary bones were recorded by Adams° from the Shandon Cave, where they were associated with the Mammoth and were clearly of Pleistocene age, and in 1 «Vierteljahrschr. Ges. Ziirich,’ xlviii. 2 It has been thought desirable, following Flower and Lydekker (‘ An Introduction to the Study of Mammals, Living and Extinct,’ p. 546), to include wolves, jackals, dogs, and foxes in the old com- prehensive genus Canis. 3 ‘Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.,’ xii, 1856, p. 227. 4 «Vertebrata of the Pliocene Deposits of Britain,’ p. 8. 5 The lengthy account of the wolf in Harting’s ‘ Extinct British Animals’ is mainly concerned with its distribution in historic times. 6 «Trans. Roy. Irish Acad.,’ xxvi (Sci.) (1879), p. 221. 6 PLEISTOCENE MAMMALIA. recent years they have been recorded by Scharff’ from the prehistoric caves of Edenvale, co. Clare, and from those of Kesh, co. Sigo, which yielded remains referable in all probability to both the Pleistocene and Prehistoric periods. Bones of the wolf have also been found in Prehistoric deposits at Knockninny * and Knockmore,* co. Fermanagh, and bones somewhat doubtfully referable to the wolf at Ballynamintra,* co. Waterford ; but with these exceptions no wolf-bones have been recorded from Irish Prehistoric deposits, a somewhat remarkable fact in view of its great abundance in Ireland in historic times.’ Tur Doe (Canis familiaris). Owing to the frequent references to the bones of dogs in various papers dealing with the Irish Mammalian remains some allusion must be made to them here, though it is at least doubtful whether any animal that could be called a dog existed in the British Isles in Pleistocene times. Owen ° admits the dog to the number of his British fossil mammals, but does not describe any British specimens. The dog is not included by Dawkins’ in his table showing the distribution of British post-glacial mammals, and is not mentioned by Lydekker in his ‘Catalogue of the Fossil Mammalia in the British Museum.’ Woodward and Sherborn® admit it among the British fossil vertebrates, but (?) Pre- historic deposits at Norwich and Walthamstow are the only occurrences in Great Britain to which they allude. Skulls attributed as a rule, owing to the length and slender character of the muzzle, to the large extinct Imish wolf-hound, have been repeatedly referred to by writers on Irish mammals. Wilde’ (1859) described examples from near Dunshaughlin, co. Meath ; Haughton '° (1876) referred to the occurrence of the dog in Knockninny cave near Lough Krne ; Adams” (1880) and Ball” (1885) referred to the skulls described by Wilde, and agreed with him in attributing them to dogs; and Adams!° (1881) described slender mandibles from 1 «Trans. Roy. Irish Acad.,’ xxxii, B., pt. 4 (1903), p. 201, and xxxiii, B., pt. 1 (1906), p. 43. 2 ‘Proc. Roy. Irish Acad.’ (2), ii (Sci.), 1876, p. 482. 3 «Trans. Roy. Dublin Soc.’ (2), iii, 1885, p. 335. * Ibid. (2), i, 1881, p. 205. * See Adams, ‘ Proce. Roy. Iiish Acad.’ (2), i, 1878, p. 99; and Scouler, ‘Journ. Geol. Soc. Dublin,’ i, 1838, p. 225. 6 « Brit. Foss. Mammals and Birds,’ p. 135. 7 «Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.,’ xxv, 1869, p. 192. $ «A Catalogue of British Fossil Vertebrata,’ 1890, p. 324. 2 “Proc, Roy. Irish Acad.,’ vii, 1859, Dp: 194. 10 Ibid. (2), ii (Sci.), 1876, p. 482. 11 «Sci. Proce. toy. Dublin Soc.,’ ii, 1880, p. 66. «Trans. Roy. Dublin Soe.’ (2), iii, 1885, p. 340. 3 Tbid. (2), i, 1881, p 205. CANIS. 7 Ballynamintra cave, co. Waterford, which he attributed to the Irish wolf-hound. There can be little doubt that all these are of post-Pleistocene date, and belong to the Prehistoric period. Numerous bones, clearly of dogs, have been found in peat and other Prehistoric deposits in many parts of Great Britain, especially in the alluvium of the lower part of the Thames valley. Tue Fox (Canis vulpes). The occurrence of the fox in the Red Crag is well authenticated, a well-pre- served palate from Boyton in Suffolk having been figured and described by Lydekker.' He gives measurements showing that its size considerably exceeds that of a full-grown recent specimen, but in spite of this concludes that the specimen is to be referred to the fox—an opinion in which he is supported by Newton. The evidence for the occurrence of the fox in the Forest Bed is not very good. It is based on part of a humerus which Newton?” hesitated to refer to the fox. Lydekker, however, thought that the specimen was correctly referred to this species. From Pleistocene times onwards the distribution of the fox throughout the British Isles has been practically universal. In the cavern deposits its distribution shows a remarkable correspondence with that of the wolf (see Table, p. 10). Tue Aroric Fox (Canis lagopus). As yet the remains of the Arctic fox have been recognised at only a very few localities in Britain. The earliest record is that of Busk? (1875), who found among the bones from the rock fissures of the Creswell Crags an axis vertebra which he carefully described and figured, referring it to the Arctic fox on account of (1) its small size; (2) the slenderness and abrupt divergence of the transverse processes; (3) the prominence of the median keel on the ventral surface of the centrum; (4) a difference in the form of the anterior articular facets from those in the common fox. The second record is by Newton,* from the Ightham fissure near Maidstone. Newton figured and ascribed to the Arctic fox a femur, a tibia, a humerus, a mandibular ramus, and part of the upper jaw. Many other bones of the Arctic fox from the same locality are in the collections of Dr. F. Corner, of Poplar, and 1 «Geol. Mag.,’ dec. iii, i, 1884, p. 443. > Tbid., dee. u1, vii, 1880, p. 152. 3 «Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.,’ xxxi, 1875, pp. 685—687. 4 Thid., 1, 1894, p. 202, pl. xii, figs 5—9. 8 PLEISTOCENE MAMMALIA. Mr. W. J. Lewis Abbott, of St. Leonard’s (see Pls. V and VI, and Text-figs. 1—7). In the same paper by Newton a reference is made to a skull belonging to Dr. H. P. Blackmore, of Salisbury, who obtained it in 1875 from the brick earth of Fisherton, near Salisbury, where it was associated with the following Arctic animals!: Lepus variabilis (the mountain hare), Microtus nivalis, Myodes torquatus (the lemming), Ovibos moschatus (the musk ox), and Rangifer tarandus (the reindeer). The reindeer was also found associated with the Arctic fox at Creswell Crags and Ightham, and Newton” is further of opinion that certain vertebrze and other bones from a small eave at Walton near Clevedon are to be attributed to the Arctic fox; here the presence of another arctic animal, the lemming, is indicated. The only record of the occurrence of the Arctic fox in Ireland is contained in Scharff’s* account of the Newhall cave, Edenvale, co. Clare, where a jaw clearly to be attributed to this species was met with. Here again it was associated with the reindeer and lemming. SKELETAL DIrrERENCES BETWEEN THE Common and Arctic Foxes. The common fox is, as a rule, very considerably larger than the Arctic fox, but as small individuals may occur this difference is not always a safe criterion. There are, however, many differences in the skull. The skull of the common fox is the larger, and has the length of the jaws relatively greater in proportion to the size of the cranium, and hence the anterior premolars are more widely spaced than in the Arctic fox. On the other hand, the cranium of the common fox is somewhat narrower in proportion to its leneth than that of the Arctic fox, especially just behind the post-orbital processes. These tend to be longer in the common fox than in the Arctic fox. Scharff mentions that the length of m. 2 is somewhat greater in the common fox than in the Arctic fox, but this difference seems scarcely appreciable in the British Museum specimens. ? Lycaon anglicus, Lyd. This name is applied by Lydekker * to a left mandibular ramus from the Sprit- sail Tor cave, Gower, which was originally described and figured by Falconer ® under the name of “ hyzenoid wolf.” The specimen was subsequently fully des- 1 com he Geology of the Country around Salisbury,” ‘Mem. Geol. Surv. of England and Wales,’ 1903, p. 68. 2 «Proc. Bristol Nat. Soc.,’ 4th ser., i, pt. 3, p. 186, 1907 (issued for 1906). 3 “Trans. Roy. Irish Acad.,’ xxxiii, B., pt. 1, p. 48. * “Geol. Mag.,’ dee. iti, i, 1884, p. 443, * * Pal. Mem.,’ ii, pl. xxxvi, figs. 1, 2. CANIS. 9 eribed by Lydekker' in his ‘Catalogue of the Fossil Mammalia in the British Museum.’ The feature upon which he principally relies in the attribution of this specimen to the genus Lycaon is the presence of a ‘ distinct anterior talon” to the fourth premolar. There is no doubt that an anterior cusp is very distinctly present in this specimen (see PI. V, figs. 7, 8); and in a large series of wolf- skulls in the British Museum no specimen was found showing any comparable development, though in certain cases, e.g. the skull of a wolf from Kandahar (168a) and a North American example (165d), slight indications of an anterior cusp occur. But on the other hand pm. 2 and 3 of the Spritsail Tor specimen are identical with those of the wolf, being considerably longer in proportion to the height of the crown than are the corresponding teeth in any of the skulls of Lycaon examined in the British Museum; pm. 4, too, agrees precisely in the characters of its main lobe and posterior cusps with the corresponding tooth of the wolf, and differs considerably from the Lycaon type. In view of the known variability in the teeth of Canide and of the difficulties of geographical distribution involved in the addition of a southern form like Lycaon to the British faunal list, it seems the most satisfactory course, on the whole, to regard the Spritsail Tor specimen as a somewhat abnormal wolf. TABLE SHOWING DiIstriBuTION oF British PLEISTOCENE CANIDA IN RIVER DEPOSITS, ETC. | Wolf. Fox. Arctic Bellbeches me VOnk Serer nas ee ai kese catia deinen eee eet x pa ae RS HDISISYS) ©: ai ta nee ee rere ME ee. Saas x Ses Dartford | Loe aca eRe er Need Ranta ncroedrkaeocaan en oa: x Fisherton, Salisbury ec “6 pee en | | Murston, Sittingbourne . Newbury ......... a rh PRE Ae re Se ee aE EE Slade Green, near ‘Erith - eee RR EET eC | Tee Thame . FS SACRED ARO GORE Lat oor eee nce on Manes ace eon s.-mare | mS, oS ON OS OS OS US 28 2 x 1 «Catalogue of the Fossil Mammalia in the British Museum,’ pt. i, p. 122, 1885. bo 10 PLEISTOCENE MAMMALIA. TapBLE SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF British PLEeIstocENE CANIDH 1N CAVERNS. | Arctic Fox. | SLO ASC aver, NOL QUA ys. f yin ene cates ERO ream acer ae in| | Bacon Hole, Gower x x | Banwell SREP Re Ree oN ott manana: cashed aber aad ate x x Bench Cave, Brixham NEHER SR er eer Gee in te x | x | Valen On esarinc 8: cote cdehecarntnos axe eek ccc oemn meta aa sae i | IBOSCOsmELOle KGLOwera-soN ere Meese tee me PEt aaron cane x | x Caley Gavia Clin Viale sotsacMerinecusphicicet she tesan thier (taen een areca | CaswellaBaycGower Mare rete en toe caocnetn| aoe el. = 4] | Coin, meni St: 2A sap ly. 2.4 sken ets cee cuben obese uses [9 ee aur InCreswelli Crags. Merbyslirers..cens cere oak faersedsertecenn senc| x | x x Oro wakloles Gowran tte lente hye RAae ale Ua Me ausen helt x | x Deborah WenmG Owe see at ce eee aeeee re see sae: x | tte | Bivnnonm-beuno, Clwyd! Valent gsccteecse hs tls gule ts couse x x Ab ane aaa sD Own sen ony ca ease oe ee ee cane cna nasa ae x x Hoe Grange, near Longcliff, Derbyshire roped tect me x x Ja DON KOs aE Ps coe ec bon cbt onice ju ae dase GACH EAA A Roe Re Oce ee cco eRe x x ne TehthampEussunem ear ard stomeneeeeseeeese-eecesceeceeeee res x | x x Kent’s Cavern, Torquay ee oRe saath cei go ems See sea ~ | x [LESTE Lol Sige Se me Rice tt ALS ela Ae a Oe x | x Langwith Bassett, near Mansfield A Bk Bae x | x OM SAE OLE Grower, Arete sistas ans ciate oe gee emake eR x x pelvic bam OLe "Gowers. fee ctecitan on necansteelareade sae pe yaoe rs ao EMT ge Wialltonmanear: Clevedon pane es eee eae ere x x | x Waterbousess otathordshine. 1).ceo3..5).utess ace ee | x CN) | | Windy Knoll, Castleton rates EeUS aI RO Ne eG Se ||| 0 OX x NVCOKE VMELOle tne aio ker cth i drte shed te atu ne Re Me || x x BY call sEsi BOG... ano oka ke. tor ae ee ee all, AX x III. DESCRIPTION OF THE REMAINS. The Canidze' comprise the only family of the section Cynoidea, the second of the three into which the Carnivora Vera are divisible. With regard to the denti- tion they show less specialisation than any other group of living Carnivora, and in other respects approach relatively near to the primitive type. The structure of the auditory bulla and adjacent parts of the skull is intermediate in character between that of the Adluroidea and that of the Arctoidea, as the Cynoidea agree with the Afluroidea in haying the auditory bulla inflated and the paroccipital process of the 1 See Flower and Lydekker, ‘ Mammals, Living and Extinct,’ p. 544, et seq. CANIS. 11 exoccipital in contact with it, while they agree with the Arctoidea in the almost complete absence of a septum dividing the auditory bulla, in the large size of the glenoid foramen, and in the presence of an alisphenoid canal. In the living forms there is no entepicondylar foramen, The upper molars have a triangular crown, and the blade of the upper carnassial consists of two lobes. A. Tue Sxutt (Plates I—IV). The cranium is moderately elongated, the jaws long, tapering, and somewhat compressed. ‘I'he zygomatic processes of the frontal and malar are short, so that the orbit communicates widely with the temporal fossa. The pterygoid has a well- developed hamular process. The auditory meatus forms a short but fairly promi- nent bony tube. The following are characters upon which most stress has been laid in attempt- ing to discriminate between the skulls of wolves, dogs and foxes: (1) The relative proportions of the jaws and cranium ; (2) The extent to which the temporal ridges, always widely separate in young animals, approach and coalesce into a sagittal crest in the adult ; (3) The greater or less backward extension of the nasals ; (4) The character of the post-orbital process of the frontal ; (5) The union of the nasal processes of the frontals with the ascending pro- cesses of the premaxille, or the separation of these processes from one another by the meeting of the maxille and nasals ; (6) The length of pm. 4 as compared with that of m. 1 and 2 taken together ; (7) The orbito-frontal angle or the obliquity of the opening of the orbit to the brow. B. Dentition (Plate V). (1) Distinctive Features of the Teeth in the Genus Canis —The typical dental 4 49 2 molars are 3, and in a fossil form, Canis (Lycorus) nemesianus, the premolars are 3. formula isi. 3,c.+, pm. 4, m. 2, as in Ursus, but in aberrant forms (Cyon) the Further, in Canis cancrivorus the missing last upper molar is occasionally present. The formula embracing these variations is i. 3, c. +, pm. 34g, m. 3_3. The contrast in size between the canine and incisor teeth is not so great as in either cats or bears. The upper carnassial tooth, pm. 4, differs from that in bears, and resembles that in cats and hyzenas in possessing an antero-internally placed inner tubercle supported by a distinct root. In accordance with the method adopted in previous memoirs it has been ‘SOTPOUITJWID UL WAALS ALL S]USULAINSVOUL [[Y¥— 270N MAMMALIA. BNE ) X PLEISTOC ‘RIUBID IY} OF SUOTE( SoTGIPULUE asa} TaYZoILM UTezZTeoUN st 4y 4 ‘pamsiwy » a ; =e l i | | na . —— a ———s >. | sea all os com ilmiene Pye el Wess ll too cer : on Q oe 2: |) s2ie G.g 0-6 | Zp | GZ.2 | G().8 ssad0ad prouo.too fo do} 0} o[Sue wo«f YYStO_ “E | ee sabe ey acull papasoaoan6as aoipabonod dnomodunaoasoons mle GG-6 +%G1-8 448-6 2-11 | §-61| LS.) P41 GS-06 gApuoo Fo pus 0F | | PoMsval SNUUVA AV[NAGIPUVUT Jo YPSue,T WMUIXV]T °Z sity all eens | ee i orctee FOU EHOOAGOUD Tao OURO BODOD Hanada sgaene eRe aan ; | | 427) +87 | 469 | 497 | +46P +0F OLOUV [LPWOAF-OFIGQIQ, “LT 2.9 Q.9 L-8 69.6 8.6 | soe see eve 8.2L GE] eeecee eee cece Rewer ce were cet eet eres eetenseee azuyed yo you] ‘OT eve ° liars oat ssi Ah) cones lll soSoonecooes 1 Crs : sate . ee com | @.. | GOT Oneal Sat Og eGe | 9.2 2.5 WNUSVUL WAUBLOF JO LOJPUIVIP YSLOASTBALT, 6 | | | aie |) ei UIA Keri | 28) 0-9 | VL | G2 4-9 Zk | snyeoul | | ALOFTIPNV [VUIO}XO SSOLOV JUIUTAINSVOUT SMOASUNAT, °R Gz | 9.2 de) Bae |) OHS 62 | OF | SP Gp | cap | cep | Sop{ptoo [ezptdrO90 sso1oV JUOTMAMMSVEUT aSAOASUVL, “2 ; Pee ears ; I" a 5) Ih mote SG badasosoobeS Par ba oF Gg. GQ. GG. Ge @ | Seal ale ane i yee Geil SUIMIJUL UMNAGVT WOUIVAOF MOTE UIPTAA “9 oe | egg 9p 0% g.¢ | cer | eb 9.4 gp | ce.9 | egg | or reeteeetertesterseeesees ga tody | jo sassaooad peytqato-ysod Jo spue WeaaMjod PIPLAA “S GS | GO-S | S¢-& G-§ Py | G27 | Sh-4 G3-7 8-4 G0 |e MOULBLOF TULALTOR, FV UIPIM PT 6-2 | OF 6-F LF GG ey-0) | 9:9 2-9 | ¢e@-2 | ¢¢.2 Cy Me ma eas 4Sa.t0 [v}4L9us Jo doz 0} prousyds-tseq pur | [eqtdioo0-Isvq UoaMjoq aN4Ns WOAF PPSTOY [VOT A “EF Gite || ae 0-6 | ¥8 | ¢¢-IL| $9-01| SL-S1| ¢-3L| ~~ | GQ.EL) UT Satpae oFVULOSAZ Sso.10v YYPIA oUIATXH FZ Gail PATH | 2-P | TPL 8-91 VeoZ 10 | G9-1G | 46-06 ¥&-16 ¥0:°6G 9.8% ites Veen eerie es [[HyAs Fo | | ple LOL{a}UL 0} YOU ALPApMOdAyUT WWOAF YOUST “T | | d | E| ae : | = . : E = SS foal | mal rg Qa Q | i ee} 3 Q | Q arse | > | td Ane) ee eee | Ball Bele ee ole ure) fae ofS 22 |/oSe my | (OS a Slots nee Be oe 2) Si |e Sie oS 2e2/c8|/2e88|.48 |\.88'| s25,| 85/88 4128S loos | gas o's BES |SES | SRS) Els | Gas |S8e| SSE laso| Fos |Sos | ses] 2S poe li' 2 |pys|beS | BOS | O48 | OL8) eee) Fee | Boe 16 OF | ery ee? | 4n | Ebi] tem 2s | oe | gee | SUE Sel Set ( esl ges SEP Boe | Ske | BAR| BOS | ER | Ses] TAs | Be Bee) ecg SSP|ESE FES EAE E OR Fas | FES | REE) Soe| a as Sag | Ss me St | pe = | Din | NSS one ee = [Se sp | & Ks — w~ s ae GS |e No | Sire cielo a ernie enemy eee Te anges uliwoveniea| its ie Hens NA no es pS si) tel coheed) Teh et ae |S 3 Esl tee spay Suis Drei = Rie eat cere: SE (2R2 1/298 Fe C2 © Bo & 2 th ge ree Pip ees el re aie : | | | | ‘STIONG ANINVY dO SENEWAUASVAY TALLVAVAWOD Ao aTAvy, (7) CANIS. 13 thought best when describing the teeth not to use terms involving assumptions of homology and requiring long explanatory prefixes. The terms “cusp” and “tubercle”’ are regarded as synonyms for small elevations of the surface of a tooth. The term “cone” is used as denoting a rather larger elevation, and the terms “talon” or “heel”’ for posteriorly-placed segments of a tooth. (2) Permanent Dentition of the Upper Jaw in Canis lupus (Pl. V).—In drawing up the following description, the skulls and teeth of a number of wolves, recent and fossil, now preserved in the British Museum have been examined, but the principal part of the description is based on a skull of a male wolf from Pekin, No. 90.7.8.2 in the British Museum collection. I. 1 and 2 are very similar teeth, differing only in the slightly larger size of i. 2. The principal cone is somewhat recurved and there are small laterally-placed accessory cusps. The cmgulum is rather strongly marked. In some cases the lateral accessory cusps are scarcely noticeable, but the cingulum is raised into sheht cusps posteriorly. The root is about three times as long as the crown and is much laterally compressed. I. 3 is a rather larger and more canmiform tooth than i. 1 and 2 and shows some variability, the postero-internal face bemg sometimes marked by a cingulum, sometimes raised into a pair of laterally-placed cusps. The root is about twice as long as the crown and is triangular in cross-section, not laterally compressed as ini. 1 and 2. C. The canine has the form usual in the Carnivora. Its crown constitutes about two thirds of its length. Pm. 1 is a small, single-rooted tooth with a fairly well-marked cingulum surrounding the principal cone. Very slhght accessory cusps may be developed on the cingulum posteriorly and antero-internally. Pm. 2 is a larger and more elongated two-rooted tooth with a conical crown triangular in outline. A posteriorly-placed cusp may be present or absent. Pm. 3 closely resembles pm. 2, differimg only in its larger size and in the greater prominence of the posterior cusp, which may be double. Pm. 4, the upper carnassial, is a large three-rooted tooth with a powerful trenchant blade divided into an anterior more conical portion and a posterior portion with a chisel-like edge. Placed anteriorly is a low inner tubercle supported by a distinct root. M.1. This is a large tooth, somewhat wider than long. The outer portion of the crown is formed by two prominent cones of which the anterior is the larger ; the inner portion of the tooth is much depressed, but the inner edge is raised into a more or less prominent ridge and two low cusps he between this and the outer portion of the tooth. ‘Two roots support the outer portion, and a third and stouter root the imner portion. 14 PLEISTOCENE MAMMALIA. M. 2 is a considerably smaller tooth than m. 1 but is constituted on the same plan, having two relatively prominent cones or cusps on the outer part of the tooth, and a depressed inner area bearing several shght cusps. Two roots support the outer portion of the tooth, a third and larger root the inner portion. (38). Permanent Dentition of the Lower Jaw of Canis lupus (Pl. V).—I. 1,2 and 3 are all very similar teeth, differing only by their progressive increase in size, and in the fact that while 1. I and 2 have the root strongly laterally compressed 1. 3 has it more or less triangular in section. Hach tooth has a somewhat chisel- shaped edge with a small accessory cusp placed externally to the main cone. C. This tooth is of the usual type and differs from c. only in the fact that the inner border tends to be rather more sharply curved. Pm. 1, which is sometimes wanting, 1s a small single-rooted tooth with a simple conical blade, bearing, as a rule, a very shght cusp posteriorly placed. ») Pm. 2, 3, 4 are very similar two-rooted teeth each with a triangular blade, which in pm. 3 and 4 may be shehtly recurved. There is a shght cusp posteriorly placed in pm. 2, and this becomes larger in pm. 3 and 4. The cingulum is well marked on the inner surface of the teeth, and in pm. 3, and more often in pm. 4, may give rise to a second posteriorly-placed cusp. In some cases each of these teeth bears a slight cusp anteriorly placed. M.T. This is a large tooth supported by two stout roots. The anterior two thirds is formed by the powerful bilobed blade, the posterior lobe bee shehtly the larger and haying a small cusp placed postero-internally. The last third of the tooth forms a depressed talon or heel and bears two cusps placed side by side, the outer one being somewhat the larger. M. 2 is a rather small, somewhat oblong tooth supported by two roots. ‘The anterior part of the crown bears a pair of cusps placed side by side, while a third cusp les postero-externally. In some cases there are indications of a fourth cusp placed postero-internally. M. 3 is a very small one-rooted tooth with a nearly oval crown bearing one or more slight cusps. (4) Milk or Deciduous Dentition (Pl. V).1—The formula for this is d.i. 3, dc. 4, d.m, 2 = 28. The first permanent premolar has no milk predecessor. (A) Milk Dentition of the Upper Jaw.—D.i.1,2 and 3. These are all small and extremely simple teeth with short crowns and long, somewhat tapering roots. D.c.is a reduced representative of the permanent tooth and requires no special description. ' The description is drawn up from a made-up set of milk-teeth of Canis ? lupus from Torbryan, Torquay, now in the British Museum. CANIS. 15 D.m.1 is a good deal like pm. 2, the blade having a principal cone and often a slight posteriorly-placed accessory cusp. The two teeth differ, however, in the fact that d.m. 1 has the roots strongly divergent. D.m. 2, the milk carnassial, is the largest of the deciduous teeth. The major portion of the crown is formed by a powerful bilobed blade, of which the anterior lobe is conical, the posterior more depressed and chisel-like. In front of the blade are two low cusps. There is further a prominent inner cusp anteriorly placed. This is supported by a special root, and two other strong roots support the outer part of the tooth. D.m. 3 is a very irregular tooth. The outer edge, which bears certain ill-defined cusps, 1s raised anteriorly and supported by a small root, while posteriorly it 1s depressed and supported by a strong triangular, divergent root. There is an inner cusp supported by a third root. (3) Milk Dentition of the Lower Jaw.—D4. 1, 2. and 3. These are even slighter and simpler teeth than those of the upper jaw, and have very long, tapering roots. D-c. This is practically identical in character with that of the upper jaw. D.m. 1.—Except for its smaller size and the more divergent character of the roots, this is identical with pm. 2. D.m. 2 very closely resembles pm. 3, but the accessory cusp anterior to the principal cone is better developed than in that tooth. D.n. 3, the milk carnassial, is a large tooth supported by two strong divergent roots. Four fifths of the crown is formed by a bilobed trenchant blade, and behind this is a considerable cusp. co. THe VerresraL Cotumn (Plate VI). Little or nothing can be mentioned as specially characteristic of the vertebral column in the Canide in comparison with that in other Carnivora, but the variable number of the caudal vertebree may be alluded to, the number ranging from seventeen to twenty-two. There are thirteen thoracic and seven lumbar vertebre. Only three vertebrz are fused together in the sacral region, while in bears the number may be as many as five. p. THe Limp GIRDIES. The Shoulder Girdle—The scapula (Text-fig. 1) scarcely calls for special comment, though it may be mentioned that the coracoid process is very slightly developed. The British fossil specimens are almost always in a very fragmentary condition. The clavicle is in a much reduced state, though better developed than in bears. 16 PLEISTOCENE MAMMALIA. Texr-ric. 1.—a. Right scapula of a common fox (Canis vulpes) seen from the outer side. 3B. Left scapula of an Arctic fox (Canis lagopus) seen from the outer side. Both from Ightham (Lewis Abbott Coll.). natural size. 1, glenoid cavity; 2, spine; 38, acromion; 4, coracoid process. Text-ric. 2.—A. Pelvic girdle of an Arctic fox (Canis lagopus) seen from the left side. 8. Pelvic girdle of a common fox (Canis vulpes) seen from the left side. c. Pelvic girdle of a common fox (Canis vulpes) seen from below. pv. Pelvic girdle of an Arctic fox (Canis lagopus) seen from below. The Arctic fox is from the Pleistocene of Ightham near Maidstone (Lewis Abbott Coll.), the common fox from the Prehistoric alluvium of the Thames Valley, Walthamstow (Brit. Mus.). 4% natural size. 1, acetabulum; 2, obturator foramen; 3, ischium; 4, sacral surface of ilium; 5, gluteal surface of ilium ; 6, ischial tuberosity ; 7, pubis. CANIS. 17 (2) Tapes or CompaRATIVE MEASUREMENTS or THE LimB GIRDLES. | | lo. vulpes, Pleis-| C. lagopus, | tocene, Igh- Pleistocene, | Table of measurements of the scapula. tham, near | aera eres | | (Lewis Abbott (Lewis Abbott | | Golly Coll.) Il, Wikasanrmuron Werke, Socdupboncusessctecsoose nvoconase. | 8:25* 6°45* 2. Maximum width soapbo dna seeras nodecmacanonaanse ro | — | 3725 3, Minimum width at the neck _ IEG 13 4. Width at proximal end measured to end of | GCOFONOLDEPTOCESS arae o tevn se tana eeetoen ede | 19 145 5. Height from top of acromion to inner edge | On elenoidteavityay..cts caecnea caste S| -- | es Table of measurements of the pelvic girdle. | | Tee Miaxanama lenethi se s.cccserccna ier seek aces: | 93 70 | 2. Length from acetabulum to supra-iliac | borderoteiliuimense reo a renee eee | Do) 4-0 | 3. Dorso-ventral measurement of ilium at | | widest point see 315 21 _ 4. Antero-posterior diameter of acetabulum ... | 1:45 al 5. Length from acetabulum to posterior border | | OF ischiuim! O20... <| — 2°35 | 6. Maximum diameter of obturator foramen... | 215 16 | 7. Measurement along ischium from symphysis 5 | | torendvek ischial spe -araet nate eee | 38 31 * Ficured. (2) The Pelvic Girdle. characteristic features. This (Text-fig. 2) does not present any specially gE. THe Limes. These are of moderate length, and agree with those of the Felidae and differ from those of the Urside in being strongly digitigrade. All the digits are termi- nated by non-retractile claws. (1) The Anterior Limb.—The humerus (Text-fig. 5) is rather short. There is no entepicondylar foramen, but a supra-trochlear foramen 1s always present. The metacarpals are longer and more curved than in Felis. Five digits are present, but the pollex is much shorter than the others and does not reach the eround. WwW 18 PLEISTOCENE MAMMALIA. TEXT-FIG. 3. TExtT-FIa@. 4. Texv-ria. 3.—a. Left humerus of a common fox (Canis vulpes) seen from the inner side. of an Arctic fox (Canis lagopus) seen from behind. Both from Ightham (Corner Coll.). size. 1, head; 2, greater tuberosity; 3, lesser tuberosity ; 4, supra-trochlear foramen ; condyle ; 6, trochlea ; 7, deltoid ridge. Texr-riag. 4.—a, Right radius of a common fox (Canis vulpes) seen from front, Arctic fox (Canis lagopus) seen from behind. Corner Coll.), % natural size. 1, surface for articulation with ulna ; carpus. 5, B. Left humerus 2 natural internal B. Left radius of an Both from Ightham (Brit. Mus., No. M.7232, and 2, surface for articulation with (3) Taste or Comparative Measurements or Bones or ANTERIOR Limp. C. lagopus (left). Pleistocene. Ightham, near | Maidstone. (Corner Coll.) C. lupus (left). “at Pleistocene. Pleistocene Humerus. Banwell. Ightham, near No. 44640 |S, 25 72 (Brit. Mus.). Maidstone. | (Corner Coll.) Me Mammen eth. Mos Sox saceae behact chore ceeds eek te re: 19°75 12°3* | 2. Diameter of proximal end passing across centre of act asa sur mace ae ppeaten tuberosity ...... sb 2°6 at middle Of deltoid niles |b Ses EBOROE GCE eRe San IEE ae OEE on ame ay tne 2:5 | Teeal 5 4. Transverse diameter at same point .. i tae Mek ne Ord ets) 08 _ 5. Maximum transverse diameter at distal end. . aes 4-4, 271 * Figured. 4k CANIS, Trxt-Fria. 5.—a. Left ulna of a wolf (Canis lwpus), incomplete at distal end, seen from the left side. From Kent’s Cavern, Torquay (Brit. Mus., No. M.8380). 8. Right ulna of a common fox (Canis vulpes) seen from the left side. From Ightham (Brit. Mus., No. M.72382). c. Right ulna of an Arctic fox (Canis lagopus) seen from the right side. From Ightham (Lewis Abbott Coll.). % natural size. 1, olecranon ; 2, surface for articulation with the trochlea ; 3, surface for articulation with the radius, 19 0 -_ PLEISTOCENE MAMMALIA. (3) TABLE OF ComExe atin MEASUREMENTS OF i BONES OF ANTERIOR Lims—continued. | | | | C. vulpes C. lupus (left). | Gen ee Pleistocene. | Pleistocene. Pleisto ae F Radius. Ightham, near Ightham, near Tahthan. ness Maidstone. Maidstone. mNasdsto Ta (Corner Coll.) No, M.7232 (Corner Coll.) (Brit. Mus.). 3 | a iz = | 1. Maximum length 18:15 105% oa 2. Shorter, 7. e. right to left, diameter at humeral articu- TET IGhaIE 5 Brigacoosa conan done anna Concasoneen aaneomiancomc unr acne 1:4 0-75 06 3. Longer, i. e. antero-posterior, diameter at humeral ALICIA EIO Me ehh cco catatonia « saaeliesas ace seng deltas 2°4 less 0:95 4. Shorter, 7. e. right to left, diameter at carpal articu- DSLRs sine sac tac sacar see oinedwun re sant coh oat ton decane nates 16 0-75 0-6 5. Longer, 7. e. antero-posterior, diameter at carpal PRL CULALI Oars saee te naet sent setter acter neice ete thames 3°05 1:45 1:2 C. lupus (left). Goa. oe eee Pleistocene. Pleistocene. UlIna. | Torquay ’|_ Ightham, near | Ightham, near Not M830 Maidstone. | Maidstone. (Brit. Mus.). No. M.7232 (Lewis Abbott (Brit. Mus.). Coll.) 1. Maximum length 12:9* | 10-05* | 2. Antero- -posterior or vertical measurement at ‘sigmoid | TAO| On) Bele Ga, por conepeeScnh Aint aac Ondde obec SeemoncaeooceMeatce 1.9% 1-0 07 3. Maximum transverse measurement of olecranon ...... 155 0-7 | 0:5 | | (2) The Pee ie ee ine aa see fic. sharply truncated. 7) has the crest somewhat The second to fifth digits are well developed, but the hallux is absent, or vestigial and suspended in the skin without bony connection with the rest of the pes. (4) Tanne or ComPparATIVE MEASUREMENTS OF Bones or PostERIOR LIMB. | C. lwpus (right). Pleistocene. Ightham, near Maidstone. (Corner Coll.) Femur. 1. Maximum leneth 21:4 2. Transverse or right to left diameter’ at condyles ihc sas. AO 3. Antero-posterior diameter of head ...... 2-4 4. Vertical or antero-posterior diameter of Shaikty ain cnc cee | eres 5. Transverse diameter at proximal end | measured across head and great tro- | Chanter: 92. 1 ee, a | 50 Figured. { C. vulpes (left). /C. lagopus (left ) Pleistocene. Pleistocene. Ightham, near | Ightham, near Maidstone. Maidstone. (Corner Coll.) | (Corner Coll.) | 13-9% 9-9% 15 | 17s 13 1-0 0-85 0-7 2:8 295 CANIS. 21 Trxt-Fica. 7. TExtT-FIa. 6. s. Left femur of an Both from Ightham (Corner Coll.). % natural size. 1, head; 2, great trochanter ; 8, lesser trochanter ; 4, internal condyle ; 5, external condyle. Text-rie. 6.—a. Left femur of a common fox (Canis vulpes) seen from behind. Arctic fox (Canis lagopus) seen from front. Trxt-ria. 7.—A. Left tibia of a wolf (Canis lupus) seen from front. From Torbryan Cavern, Torquay (Brit. Mus.). 3B. Left tibia of a common fox (Canis vulpes) seen from behind. From Ightham (Brit. Mus., No. M.7232). c. Right tibia of an Arctic fox (Canis lagopus) seen from the right side, From Ightham (Lewis Abbott Coll.). % natural size. 1, cnemial crest; 2, facet for articulation with fibula. PLEISTOCENE MAMMALIA. hl ed (4) Taste or Comparative MEASUREMENTS OF Bones or Posterior Limp—continucd. C. lupus (left). C. vulpes (left). C. lagopus Dae, Ce. neo tee ( right). sitive Torbryan, Tor- * | Ightham, near} Pleistocene. Tibia. Ightham, near |,,;°. quay. No. Maidstone, |Maidstone. No. Ightham, near M.4563 (Brit. (Corner Coll.) M.7232 (Brit. Maidstone. Mus.). : g Mus.). (Corner Coll.) Jie Marcum denote ecsc chic costeeacesmasainite 21°45* 21:7 143* 10°75 2. Transverse or right to left diameter at PEONIMMA ON. He gaemcsemenies sseeueeier oe | 404. | 4:4 2°45 185 3. Vertical or antero-posterior diameter at | proximal end measured to top of crest | 34 43 eZ IE 4. Transverse diameter at distal end ...... 3°05 30 16 1:25 5. Vertical or antero-posterior diameter at distal end 2°3 2-05 dou 0°85 * Figured. IV. MUTUAL RELATIONS OF THE PLEISTOCENE AND POST- PLEISTOCENE CANIDA. This most difficult subject has puzzled zoologists from the time of Buffon and Daubenton to the present day. It cannot be entirely overlooked in such a memoir as the present, but no attempt will be made to deal exhaustively with it. Two questions are involved, which, though distinct, have the most intimate bearing upon one another. The first of these is, whether any valid and reliable distinction can be found between the dogs, on the one hand, and the wolves and jackals on the other. The second is, whether the origin of the domestic dogs is to be sought wholly or partially in the existing wild Canidee—wolf, jackal, or certain kinds of wild dog, or whether it may be found in one or more fossil species known or as yet undis- covered. The former of these questions may be first considered. A large number of points have been referred to by zoologists in their attempts to find valid osteological distinctions between dog and wolf. To each point in the following list the names of certain authors who allude to it are appended; but it is not implied that im every case the points are accepted as valid distinguishing characters by the authors who allude to them. (1) Wolves have the triangular part of the cranium between the orbits a little narrower and flatter than in dogs (Cuvier, Denny). (2) The sagittal crest is longer and more elevated in wolves than in dogs (Cuvier, Denny, Vieira). (3) The teeth, especially the canines, are longer in wolves than in dogs (Cuvier, Denny). CANIS. 25 (4) The length of the upper carnassial pm. 41s superior or at least equal to that of the molars m. 1 and 2 in wolves, while in dogs the length of pm. 4+ is less than, or at most equal to, that of the m. 1 and 2 (Gaudry and Boule). (5) The plane of the eye-socket is more obliquely inclined to the brow, 7. e. the orbito-frontal angle is less in wolves than in dogs (Studer) (see Text-fig. 8). (6) The brow is more swollen at the base of the muzzle in dogs (de Blainville). (7) The zygomatic arch is less curved and shorter in the wolf (Vieira). (8) The coronoid process reaches above the zygomatic arch in the dog but not in the wolf (Vieira). (9) The caudal vertebra are more variable in the dog (de Blainville). Denny' also refers to the following points: (a) The intermaxillaries (? nasal Text-ria. 8.— Anterior view of the skull of a dog, and instrument for measuring the orbito-frontal angle. processes of the premaxille) and nasals are longer and narrower in dogs than in wolves; (b) the nasal cavity is wider in wolves; (c) the orbital projections (probably the post-orbital processes of the frontals) are more acute in dogs; () the jaws are wider ; and (e) the tympanics are larger in wolves. The above is a considerable list, but the great majority of the pomts amount to very little and are quite inconstant and unreliable. Probably the most important character is No. 5, for which we are indebted to Studer.2 The angle to which he alludes can be better realised by the preceding diagram (Text-fig. 8) than by description. He regards as belonging to wolves, skulls in which the angle between the plane of the orbit and that of the brow measures 40—45°, and as belonging to dogs, skulls in which the angle is greater 1 «Proc. Yorks. Geol. Polyt. Soc.,’ 11, 1857 (1859), p. 538. 2 «Abh. schweiz. pal. Ges.,’ xxvii, p. 13. 24 PLEISTOCENE MAMMALIA. than 45°. The effect of this greater obliquity of the plane of the orbit in the wolf is to produce the “ oblique leermg eye which gives the wolf a false expression as compared with the noble, trustful expression of a dog, whose eye, with rounder opening, is more directed forwards.” He remarks that if we look at a wolf’s or jackal’s skull from above, more of the orbit is visible than in a dog’s skull. The reliability of this distinction, which is accepted by Scharff! and used in discriminating the canine skulls from the Edenvale caves, has been to some extent tested by examination of skulls at the British Museum and at Bristol with the following results : | Number of Species Bion Maximum Minimum) Average | specimens. | . f | angle. | angle. angle. | : ; reer ls Belonging to each of the first three groups there were, however, certain exceptional skulls which are not included in the above table. Thus two additional wolf skulls belonging to group (a) gave angles of 47° and 48° respectively, two dog skulls in group (/) had angles of 42°, three skulls in group (c) had angles below 45°. The angle is not very easy to measure even with a clmometer such as is shown in the figure, and it was found that when the same skull was measured on different occasions shghtly varying results were sometimes obtained. The measurement was in each case taken over the ends of the post-orbital processes of the frontal and jugal. Though it can hardly be claimed that the results of the measurement of the fifty-six skulls referred to in the above table afford a complete test of the rehability of the orbito-frontal angle as a distinguishing character between dogs and wolves, they certainly confirm Studer’s contention that the angle tends to be decidedly less in the wolf than in the dog, and that it affords a useful distinction of practical value. The occurrence, however, of dog skulls with an angle of less than 45°, and of wolf skulls with an angle of over 45°, shows that the distinction is not absolute, and cannot be relied on in all cases. The second point, that of the origin of the domestic dogs, is the subject of a most voluminous literature. It is beyond the scope of the present memoir and no attempt can be made to discuss it. The different opinions which have been maintained are, however, briefly the following: Daubenton and Cuvier were 1 «Trans. Roy. Irish Acad.,’ xxxiii, B., pt. 1, p. 208. CANIS. 25 disposed to derive the domestic dogs from the wolf; Nehring, partly from the wolf and partly from the jackal ; Gueldenstiidt, and G. St. Hilaire, from the jackal ; de Blainville, Pictet, Boule (1889), Gaudry and Boule (1892), Bourguignat and Woldrich, from one or more extinct types of dog, neither wolves nor jackals; Studer, partly from wolves, partly from extinct types of dog; finally, von Pelzeln has recourse to all the above-mentioned sources—wolves, jackals and extinct types of dogs, and im addition derives certain races from the existing wild dogs, Canis sinensis and Canis pallipes. Jeitteles also has recourse to several living species, including the jackal and Canis pallipes. V. CONCLUSIONS. These may be very briefly stated and contain no element of novelty. In Phocene times the wolf (Canis lupus) and common fox (Canis vulpes) were already inhabitants of Britain. In Pleistocene times they abounded and the Arctic fox (Canis lagopus) was sparingly represented ; but no animals which can be distin- guished as dogs have been recognised in Britain in Pleistocene deposits. In Pre- historic times, however, true dogs abounded. Doubt is expressed with regard to the desirability of recognising the occurrence of the genus Lycaon in England. My sincere thanks are tendered to Mr. W. J. Lewis Abbott and Dr. F. Corner for kindly placing their large collections of canine bones from the Ightham fissure at my disposal for examination and figuring. I am much indebted to Mr. H. Bolton, Prof. T. McK. Hughes, Mr. A. Somervail and Dr. A. Smith Woodward for the loan of specimens preserved respectively in the Bristol, Sedgwick, Torquay and British Museums. I further wish to thank Dr. A. Smith Woodward, Dr. C. W. Andrews, Mr. R. Lydekker and Dr. R. F. Scharff for help and information, and Mr. J. Green for the care he has taken with the illustrations. VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY. 1758. Daubenton in Buffon’s ‘ Histoire Naturelle, tom. vu, p. 53. 774. J. F. Esper, ‘ Ausfithrliche Nachricht—Zoolhthen, Bayreuth.’ 776. J. A. Gueldenstiidt, “Schacale Historia,’ ‘Nov. Comment. Acad. Scient. Imp. Petropol., xx, 1775 (St. Petersburg). 1794. J. C. Rosenmiiller, ‘Quzedam de Ossibus fossilibus animalis,’ p. 27 (Leipzig). 1810. G. A. Goldfuss, ‘ Die Umgebungen von Miiggendorf’ (Hrlangen). 1812. G. Cuvier, ‘ Recherches sur les Ossemens fossiles,’ tom. iv, iv, pp. 5—9. 1822. W. Buckland, “ Account of an Assemblage of Fossils—Kirkdale Cave,” “Phil Trans:,. cxilparlio2. 1823. 1824. NSZ5: 1829. 1833. 1841. ¢ 1844. 1846. 1853. s56: 1859. 1859. 1859. 1862. 1862 1864. 1868. 1872. LS75: LS 72. 1876. PLEISTOCENE MAMMALIA. W. Clift and J. Whidbey, “ On Some Fossil Bones CxilL, p. 83. G. A. Goldfuss, ‘Siugethiere der Vorwelt,’ p. 451. W. Buckland, ‘ Reliquize Diluyianee ’ (London). G. Cuvier, ‘ Recherches sur les Ossemens fossiles,’ 3"° ed., tom. iv, pp. 457—467. J. Rutter, ‘Delin. County Somerset,’ p. 156. Oreston,’ * Phil. Trans., P. C. Schmerling, ‘Recherches sur les Ossemens fossiles—Cavernes de Liége,’ tom. 1, pp. 22—46. J. C. Bellamy, ‘ Nat. Hist. 8. Devon,’ p. 439. M. de Serres, J. M. Dubrueil, and B. Joanjeam; ‘Recherches sur les Ossemens ene des Cavernes de Lunel Viel,’ pp. 72—79 (Montpellier). . St. Hilaire, ‘ Essais de Zoologie Générale,’ 11 (Paris). IL M. D. de Blainville, ‘ Ostéographie, Carnassiers,’ p. 101. R. Owen, ‘A History of British Fossil Mammals and Birds,’ pp. 123— 137. F. J. Pictet, ‘Traité de Paléontologie,’ tom. 1, p. 202. Rh. Owen, “ Desnpaon of some Mammalhan Fossils from the Red Crag of Suffolk,” ‘Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.,’ xu, p. 227. H. Denny, “The Skull of a Dog exhumed from the Alluvial Gravel of Norwich,” ‘ Proc. Yorks. Geol. Polyt. Soe.,’ 111, 1857 (1859), p. 538. J. MacHnery, ‘ Cavern Researches.’ W.R. Wilde, “ Animal Remains belonging to the Academy,” ‘ Proc. Roy. Irish Acad., vu, p. 193. L. Riitimeyer, “ Fauna der Pfahlbauten der Schweiz,’ ‘Neue Denkschr. Schweiz. Gesell. gesammten Naturwiss.’ and 1863. W. Boyd Dawkins, “ On a Hyzena Den at Wookey Hole near Wells,” ‘Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.,’ xvii, pp. 124 and 125, and ibid., xix, p. 267. W. Boyd Dawkins, “On the Caverns of Burrington Combe,” ‘ Proc. Somerset Arch. and Nat. Hist. Soc.,’ xu, pp. 161—176. H. Falconer, ‘ Paleeont. Memoirs,’ ii, p. 525 L. H. Jeitteles, ‘* Die - ofpocshiishel hen inpertime: der Stadt Olmiitz und ihrer Umgebung,” ‘ Mittheil. Anthropol. Gesell. Wien.,’ ii. G. Busk, “ List of the Mammalian Remains . . . . inthe Rock Fissure Cavern in Creswell Crags, Derbyshire,” ‘ Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.,’ xxxi, p. 685. J. B. Bourguignat, “ Recherches sur les Ossemens fossiles de Canide, pendant la période quaternaire,” ‘ Ann. des Sciences Géol.,’ vi, p. 59. W. Boyd Dawkins, “On the Mammalia and Traces of Man found in the Robin Hood Cave,” ‘Quart. Journ. Geol. Soce.,’ xxxii, p. 248. 1876. SC. S77. 1878. 1884. 1884. 1885. 1885. 1886. 1886. 1886. A . I iR.. A. NE A. He CANIS. 27 Haughton, “ Animal Bones found in Knockninny Cave,” ‘Proc. Roy. Irish Acad.’ (2), 11 (Sci.), p. 482. . Pennington, ‘ Notes on the Barrows and Bone Caves of Derbyshire.’ . H. Jeitteles, ‘ Die Stammyiter unserer Hunderassen’ (Vienna). . L. Adams, “ Report on History of Irish Fossil Mammals,” ‘ Proc. Roy. Erishecades(2)- i (Ser, ps 89: . L. Adams, “* Report on the Exploration of the Shandon Cave,’ ‘ Trans. ’ >) Roy. Irish Acad.,’ xxvi, p. 221. . L. Adams n Recent and Extinct Irish Mammals,” ‘Sci. Proc. Roy. ie Ad , “On Recent 1 E k \ Dublin Soe, 1; p- 66. H. Huxley, “On the Cranial and Dental Characters of the Canide,” winrOCeAO0l SOC. Ps208 200. . T. Newton, ‘“‘ Notes on the Vertebrata of the Preglacial Forest Bed Series of the Hast of England,” ‘Geol. Mag.,’ dec. u, vii, p. 152. Woldrich, “ Beitrage zur Geschichte des fossilen Hundes,” ‘ Mittheil. Anthropol. Gesell. Wien,’ x1. L. Adams, ‘‘ Report on the Animal Remains of the Bone Cave of Bally- namintra, Co. Waterford,” ‘Trans. Roy. Dublin Soe.’ (2), 1, p. 205. . IT’. Newton, “ Vertebrata of Forest Bed Series of Norfolk,’ ‘Mem. Geol. SU vehs [Oe IEG) . D. Cope, “On the Extinct Dogs of North America,” ‘Amer. Nat.,’ xvu, p. 243. . Gaborovski-Moindron, “ Les chiens tertiaires de |’Hurope, et lorigine des Canidés,” ‘ Bull. Soc. Anthrop. Paris,’ vi, pp. 870—884. . Lydekker, “ Siwalik and Narbada Carnivora,” ‘ Paleont. Indica,’ ser. 10, , p. 240. Lydekker, “* Notes on some Fossil Carnivora and Rodentia,” ‘ Geol. Mag.,’ dec. 11, 1, p. 442. Nehring, “ Uber eine grosse Wolfsihnliche Hunderasse der Vorzeit u. tiber ihre Abstammune,” ‘Sitzungsb. der Gesell. Naturf. Freunde zu Berlin,’ ix. Ball, “On the Collection of Fossil Mammalia of Ireland in the Science and Art Museum, Dublin,” ‘Trans. Roy. Dublin Soe.’ (2), mi, p. 340. . Lydekker, ‘ Catalogue of the Fossil Mammalia in the British Museum,’ pt. 1, pp. 121—136. von Pelzeln, ‘Hine Studie tiber die Abstammung der Hunderassen,” ‘Zool. Jahrbuch,’ 1, pp. 225—240. Hicks, “On the Ffynnon Beuno and Cae Gwyn Caves,” ‘Geol. Mag.,’ deca, 1, p2 960: . Wilckens, “ Palzeontologie der Haustiere,” ‘ Biol. Centralbl.,’ v, pp. 719 and ole 28 PLEISTOCENE MAMMALIA. 1888. A. Nehring, “ Wolf und Hund,” ‘ Naturwissenschaftlche Wochenschrift,’ 11. 1889. M. Boule, “ Les Prédécesseurs de nos Canidés,” ‘Comptes Rendus,’ evil, p- 201. 1890. B. C. A. Windle and J. Humphreys, “ On the Cranial and Dental Characters of the Domestic Dogs,” ‘ Proc. Zool. Soc.,’ p. 5. 1890. A. Smith Woodward and C. Davies Sherborn, ‘A Catalogue of British Fossil Vertebrata,’ p. 324 (London). T. Newton, “ Vertebrata of Phocene Deposits of Britain,’ ‘Mem. Geol. SuLV., p. &: rl — = . Leor, 1892. A. Gaudry and M. Boule, “ Matériaux pour Vhistoire des temps quaternaires,” fase. iv, ‘ Les Oubliettes de Gargas,’ pp. 123—129. 1895. C. Grevé, “Die geographischer Verbreitung der Hyianiden und Caniden,” ‘Zool. Jahrb.,’ f. v, p. 400. 1894. L. Vieira, “ Etude comparative du Squelette du Chien et du Loup,” ‘Ann. Sei Nat. Porto; 1p: 109: 1894. H.'T. Newton, “On the Vertebrate Fauna from the Fissure near Ightham, Kent,” ‘ Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.,’ 1, pp. 188—211. 1902. T. Studer, “ Die Praehist. Hunde in ihrer Beziehung zu den gegenwirtig lebenden Rassen,” ‘ Abh. schweiz. pal. Ges.,’ xxviii. 1905. R. F. Scharff, “ Exploration of the Caves of Kesh, Co. Shigo (Mammals except Man),” ‘Trans. Roy. Irish Acad.,’ xxxii, B, pt. 4, p. 208. 1903. C. Keller, “Zur Abstammungsgeschichte unserer Hunderassen,” ‘ Viertel- jahrschr. Ges. Ziirich,’ xlviui. 1906. R. F. Scharff, “ Exploration of the Caves of Co. Clare (Animal Remains except Birds),’ * Trans. Roy. Irish Acad., xxxm, B, pt. 1, p. 43. H. Reynolds, “‘ A Bone Cave at Walton near Clevedon,” ‘ Proc. Bristol Nat. Soc.,’ 4th ser., 1, pt. 1, p. 183 (issued for 1906). = co =) =i 2 PAE te Praistocenr CANIDA. Oranium. Wolf (Canis lupus). (Two thirds natural size.) Fic. 1. Dorsal ) 2. Lateral 3. Ventral This specimen, which was figured by MacKnery (‘ Cavern Researches,’ Frontis- -view of a cranium from Kent’s Cavern, Torquay. piece) and by Owen (‘ British Fossil Mammals and Birds,’ p. 125), is preserved in the Torquay Museum. Since these authors figured the skull, the mandible has been lost and the cranium has been somewhat damaged. a. Post-orbital process of frontal. b. Occipital condyle. c. Canine tooth. d. Infra-orbital foramen. e. Premaxilla. J. Anterior palatine foramen. PALZONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY.I909. Reynolds, Pleistocene Canidae. ie d.Green del. lith.et imp WOLFE ; CANIS EUPRUS: Cranium ATR Soilste: PLeistoceENrE CaniIpam. Cranium and Mandible. Wolf (Canis lupus). (One half natural size.) Dorsal Ventral + view of a cranium from Hutton Cave, Somerset. Lateral Palatal ) Lateral $ Ventral view of a cranium from Banwell Cave, Somerset. Anterior view of the jaws from Oreston Cave, Plymouth. view of the corresponding mandible. All the above are preserved in the British Museum. Y- Occipital condyle. Auditory bulla. Premaxilla. Jugal. Anterior palatine foramen. Mandibular condyle. Coronoid process. ‘aygrpueul »Q WNIUeA) “SNdN1 SINVWD‘ATOM P "aut 4 2 UML TEP wssay Pp “6O0GI ALSIDOS IWOILHdVWHDOILNOW 1Vd PAE le PLEISTOCENE CANIDA. Oranium and Mandible. Common Fox (Canis vulpes). (Natural size.) 1. Lateral ) 2. Dorsal -view of cranium. o. Ventral \ 4. Left mandibular ramus seen from the outer side. These specimens are from the Pleistocene of the Ightham fissure, near Maid- stone, and are preserved in the collection of Mr. W. J. Lewis Abbott, F.G.S., of St. Leonard’s-on-Sea. a. Parietal. b. Post-orbital process of frontal. ce. Jugal. d. Maxilla. e. Nasal. jf. Nasal process of premaxilla. y. “ygomatic process of squamosal. h. Angle of mandible. . PALZONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY. 1909. Reynolds, Pleistocene Camda. el J.Green del. lith, et imp COMMON FOX,CANIS VULPES. Cranium & mandible. PEATE EVs PLEISTOCENE CANID®. Cranium and Mandible. Arctic Fox (Canis lagopus). (Natural size.) LS Dorsal | 2. Ventral }view of cranium. 3. Lateral 4. Left mandibular ramus seen from the inner side. 5. ‘I'he same seen from the outer side. These specimens are from the Pleistocene of the [¢htham fissure, near Maid- stone, and are preserved in the collection of Mr. W. J. Lewis Abbott, F.G.S., of St. Leonard’s-on-Sea. a. Maxilla. b. Nasal. c. Post-orbital process of frontal. d. “ygomatic process of squamosal. Jugal. Premaxilla. g. Condyle of mandible. PALA-ONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY. 1909. Reynolds,Pleistocene Canidae. Pie d.Green del.lith.et imp ARCTIC FOX, CANIS LAGOPUS. Cranium & mandible. PLATE V-. PLEISTOCENE CaNIDm. Dentition. (Natural size.) 1. Right upper permanent dentition of Canis lupus. 2. Right lower permanent dentition of Canis lupus. 3. Right upper deciduous dentition of Canis sp. 4. Right lower deciduous dentition of Canis sp. The above teeth, which are all from the Pleistocene of the Torbryan Cave, Torquay, are in each case seen from the inner side. Di.3. and d.c. were not represented in the series figured and are shown merely in outhne. Preserved in the British Museum. 5. Right) 6: Lett ) These specimens, both seen from the outer side, are from the Pleistocene of mandibular ramus of a young Arctic Fox (Canis lagopus). the Ightham fissure, near Maidstone, and are preserved in the collection of Mr. W. J. Lewis Abbott, F.G.S., of St. Leonard’s-on-Sea. 7. and 8. Fourth lower premolar of the specimen from Spritsail Tor, Gower, described as Lycaon anglicus. ‘his specimen is preserved in the British Museum. “I Outer aspect. 8. Inner aspect. a. Anterior cusp. In all the above specimens the roots when shown in outline are not visible, being hidden by the bone of the jaw. ‘dun jo uq [ap use149'P “UWOT}TyWUAaq Geo Baie? wee oN Irel ‘60G1 ALSIDOS IWOIHdVHDOLNOY 1Vd ‘“Bpluey ouso04sta[J ‘sp joukey t = 9 = -. . ‘ os a As é v ; sv om : v2 , “bel - e - ’ . 4 ra a! Pa. a = ag i <_ vom { aa = i e soe — PRAT Wal: PLEISTOCENE CANID&. Vertebre. (Natural size.) Fia. 1 1 1 13 il ii 1 1. Atlas, Wolf (Canis lupus), Oreston, ventral view. oy > ms | 2, Axis; 3, fifth cervical; and 4, first thoracic; Wolf (Canis lupus), Durdham | Down, all seen from the left side. 5. Sacrum, Wolf (Caiis lupus), Oreston, ventral view. All the above are preserved in the Bristol Museum. 6. Atlas, posterior view ) = : : | 7. Axis, seen from left side | 8. Third cervical, posterior view p Coe Fox (Canis vulpes). 9, Fourth cervical, posterior view 0. Fifth cervical, seen from left side J The above are from the Pleistocene of the Ightham fissure, near Maidstone, and are preserved in the collection of Dr. F. Corner, F.G.S., of Poplar. 1. Seventh cervical, seen from left sue) 2. First thoracic, posterior view 3. Seventh thoracic, seen from left side } Arctic Fox (Canis lagopus). 4, First lumbar, seen from right side 5. First free caudal, posterior view ; The above are also from the Ightham fissure, and are preserved in the collection of Mr. W. J. Lewis Abbott, F.G.S. 6. Sacrum, Common Fox (Canis vulpes), Durdham Down, dorsal view, Bristol Museum. a. Neural spine. b. Neural canal. c. Pre-zygapophysis. d. Post-zygapophysis. e. Vertebrarterial canal. f. ‘Transverse process. g. Hypapophysis. h. Metapophysis. i. Surface for articulation with head of rib. j. Nerve foramina. ik. Surface for articulation with condyle of cranium. l. Posterior articular surface. . m. Odontoid process of axis. PALA ONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY. 1909. J.Green del. lith et imp Vertebre. [Palecontographical Society, 1909. THE GANOID FISHES OF THE BRITISH CARBONIFEROUS FORMATIONS. BY RAMSAY H. TRAQUATR, M.D., LL.D., F.R.S., LATE KEEPER OF THE NATURAL HISTORY COLLECTIONS IN THE ROYAL SCOTTISH MUSEUM, EDINBURGH. PART te Now 4: PALAONISCID At. Paces 107—122; Pirates XXITV—XXX. iON DON: PRINTED FOR THE PALAONTOGRAPEICAL (SO ChE iiys 1909: CRYPHIOLEPIS STRIATUS. 107 Fauna of Bohemia, published in 1893,’ changed into Zrissoepis, making the genus likewise into the type of a new family, ‘“ Trissolepide,”’ of which I may quote his definition : “ Korper Paleoniscusartig, Schuppen hinter dem Kopfe bezahnt, am Kérper cycloid, am Schwanze rhombisch. Hautknochern des Kopfes glatt mit wenig Leisten und Griibchen versehen. Vorderrand der Flossen ohne Fulcra. Gaumen stark bezahnt. Kiemenbogen mit starken Rechenzihnen, Mittellinie des Rickens bloss vor der Riicken- flosse mit V-formigen Schuppen, die allméhlig in die Flossenstrahlen tibergehen.”’ These characters are not, in my opinion, sufficient to warrant the separation of Trissolepis from the Palzeoniscidee, of which family I would consider it as an aberrant genus, resembling Cryphiolepis in having rounded scales, but differing in the more regularly cycloid form of these appendages in the want of fulcra on the fins and in the absence of the peculiar striated sculpture of scales and head-plates. Again, with regard to the round-scaled Coccolepis Bucklandi of the Solenhofen Lime- stone, classed by Agassiz as one of the ‘ Lepidoidei Heterocerci,” I remarked in 1877 that ‘its relationship to the Paleeoniscidee seems to be indicated both by Agassiz’s figure and description,” and this surmise has been amply confirmed by Vetter? as regards the above-named species, and by Smith Woodward in his descriptions of Coecolepis liassica from the English Lias,® and of C. australis from the Talbralgar beds (Jurassic ?) of New South Wales.* It is also interesting that in these round-scaled Paleoniscide the scales of the caudal body-prolongation always preserve their original angular form, and that these scales persist also in their original form in the nearly naked Carboniferous Panerosteon, the Liassic Chondrosteus, and the recent Polyodon. Geological Position and Locality.—Cryphiolepis striatus is, with one exception, only known as occurring in the Borough Lee Ironstone, Middle Carboniferous Limestone or “ Edge Coal” Series, worked at Borough Lee and Loanhead, near Edinburgh,—the exception being a single scale in the collection of the Geological Survey of Scotland in shale, also of ‘‘ Edge Coal” age, from the “ Burnlip Diamond Bore,” two miles north of Coatbridge, near Glasgow. The original types are in the collection of the author. 1 «Fauna der Gaskohle und der Kalksteine der Perm-formation Bohmens,’ Band iii, Heft 2, Prag, 1893, p. 76. 2 “Die Fische aus dem lithographischen Schiefer im Dresdner Museum,” ‘ Mittheil. k. Min.-geol. Mus. Dresden,’ pt. iv, 1881, p. 37. 3 “Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist.’ [6], vol. v, 1890, p. 435. 4 “Fossil Fishes of the Talbralgar Beds,” ‘Mem. Geol. Survey N. South Wales,’ Paleontology, No. 9, 1893, pp. 4—8. 16 108 GANOID FISHES OF THE CARBONIFEROUS FORMATION. Genus—ACROLEPIS, Agassiz, 1833. ? GyroLerpts, Agassiz (pars). Patzoniscus, G. A. Kurtze (pars). Patmoniscus, EH. F. Germar (pars). Hotoprycuivs, M‘Coy (pars). AmBLYPTERUS, A. Fritsch (pars), afterwards corrected. ? Exonicuruys, A. S. Woodward (pars). Eronicuruys, Traquair (pars). Generic Characters.—Fusiform or elongated ; suspensorium oblique, gape wide ; teeth sharply conical, of two principal sizes, a set of larger ones situated internally to a wore numerous and closely placed set of smaller ones. Head-plates ornamented with ridges or tubercles which may pass into each other. Scales thick, with extensive covered area (PI. XXV, figs. 2—4, 9—11) which is frequently produced upwards into a pointed process ; articular peg and socket strongly developed in the flank-scales. Ornament of exposed arev of scales normally consisting of prominent ridges passing obliquely across the surface, but which may coalesce at places so as to produce a reticulated or even pitted appearance. Posterior edges of scales in most species entire and undenticulated. Principal rays of pectoral fin unarticulated for about one third of their length; base of ventral not extended ; dorsal placed nearly opposite the interval between the ventrals and the anal; dorsal and anal triangular-acuminate in shape; caudal powerfully heterocercal and deeply cleft. Fin fulera distinct but small. Observations. —On the whole Acrolepis resembles Hlonichthys pretty closely, though it is also very decidedly separated by the deeply imbricating arrangement of the scales with concomitant greater breadth of the overlapped area. As remarked above, the posterior margins of the scales are in most cases not denticulated ; an exception seems, however, to occur in an African species from the Karoo formation named by Smith Woodward Acrolepis (?) digitata, in which “the hinder border exhibits a series of very large downwardly directed denticulations,’—it must, however, be remembered that he himself states that the name is a provisional one.’ I have recently seen reason to transfer my Acrolepis (2?) Africana from Nyassaland, in which the posterior margin of the scales is also denticulated, to the genus Colobodus of Agassiz. Nevertheless the presence of denticulations on the posterior borders of the scales seems after all to be only of specific value. For although this character, for example, is found pretty constantly throughout the genus Rhadinichthys, yet in at least two species referable thereto—Rd. Macconochit, Traq. and Rh. tuberculatus, Traq., to be presently described, the posterior margin in all the scales is quite plain. In Pl. XXYV, fig. 1, we have an outline sketch of the maxilla and mandible of the 1 «Cat. Foss. Fishes Brit. Mus.,’ pt. ii, 1891, p. 508. ACROLEPIS HOPKINSI. 109 type species Acrolepis Sedgwicki from the Marl Slate, in which the Paleeoniscid contour is well shown. Fig. 2 represents the outer and fig. 3 the inner surface of a flank-scale of the same species magnified, showing the great breadth of the covered area and the extensive production upwards of the antero-superior angle, while fig. 4 is a similarly shaped but smaller scale. Fig. 5 shows the transverse jointing of portions of two dorsal fin-rays with the sculpture of the exposed surfaces of the joints. Species.—Vhe undoubted species of Acrolepis are Carboniferous and Permian, the best known species 4. Sedgwichki, Agass., and 4. exvsceulpta (Kurtze) being from the Marl Slate and Kupferschiefer (Upper Permian) of England and Germany, while the largest known is 4. gigas, A. Fritsch, from the Lower Permian of Bohemia. Doubtful species are 4. reticulata, Kichw., from the Old Red Sandstone of Orel, Russia ; Acrolepis (?) Drummondi, Traq., and Acrolepis (?) digitata, Smith Woodward, from the Karoo forma- tion of Africa. The British Carboniferous species to be here described are A. Hophinsi, M‘Coy, 4. semigranulosa, Vraq., A. ortholepis, Vraq., and A. Wilsoni, 'Traq.* 1. AcrontePis Hopxinst, ‘Coy, sp. Plates XXIII, XXIV, and XXV, fig. 6. ? Gyroteris Ranxtnet, Agassiz. Poiss. Foss., vol. i, pt. i, 1844, p. 8038 (name only). Honoprycurus Horxrysi, W‘Coy. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [2], vol. ii, 1844, p. 2. Acroteris Hopkins, M‘Coy. Brit. Palwoz. Foss., 1855, p. 609, pl. ii—G, fie. 10. =e Traquair. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. xxxii, 1877, p. 571. ~- RanxIvet, Traquair. Ibid., p. 571. = Horxinst, Traquair. Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb., vol. xvii, 1890, p. 398 ; and Cat. Carb. Fishes of West of Scotland in Brit. Assoc. Handbook, Glasgow Meeting, 1901, p. 515. = — A. 8. Woodward. Cat. Foss. Fishes Brit. Mus., pt. ii, 1891, p. 506. Specific Characters.—A large species, having the external head-hones mostly ridged, the ridges passing sometimes into tubercles ; scales having the exposed surface covered by well-marked sharp ridges, oblique and sub-parallel in direction, frequently inter- calated, less often branching, save on the caudal region, where they are sometimes reticulated. Description.—The original specimen from the Carboniferous Limestone of Derby- shire, described and figured by M‘Coy, consists of two somewhat fragmentary scales, the 1 A fish from the Carboniferous of Carluke, Lanarkshire, is mentioned by Agassiz (‘ Poiss. Foss.,’ vol. ii, pt. ii, 1844, p. 162) under the name of Acrolepis acutirostris. No description was given, and nothing is known of the specimen. 110 GANOID FISHES OF THE CARBONIFEROUS FORMATION. reference of which to the genus Acrolepis is sufficiently obvious, and I am also unable to see any specific difference between them and those appertaining to other remains of the genus from Yorkshire, Lanarkshire, etc. A series of thirteen fragments apparently belonging to one fish, from the Millstone Grit of Hebden Bridge, Yorkshire, and in the Davis Collection, British Museum, repre- sents to my mind a species identifiable with that of M‘Coy’s scales from Derbyshire. One of these fragments, which shows an extensive portion of the squamation of the right flank, is represented in Pl. XXIV of the natural size. It must have belonged to an indi- vidual of between two and three feet in length, yet the scales do not seem proportionally very large. ‘I'he exposed portion of the scales on the middle of the flank is about ¢ in. in breadth, and perhaps a little more in height, and is covered with well-marked ridges, sub-parallel, closely placed, occasionally branching and intercalated, their main direction being obliquely downwards and backwards across the surface of the scale, the posterior border of which is not denticulated. On an average fifteen of these ridges may be counted in the height of one of these flank-scales. Another fragment shows some remains of the head, of which the most interesting is the parietal part of the cranial roof. ‘This is ornamented with closely set, wavy, undulating rounded striz, mostly longitudinal in their direction, and often looped, branching and interrupted, and at some places passing into tubercles. A similar orna- ment apparently characterised also the opercular bones, though it is not extensively seen. A portion of the clavicle is also seen, with strong striae running in a transverse direction, On the mandible the striz are longitudinal in their direction, but they are also extensively broken up into long-shaped tubercles. The maxilla is also seen, its post-orbital expan- sion being very strong, but as the outer surface is not seen its sculpture cannot be described. Pl. XXIII represents an Acrolepis from the “ Low Main” Coal Shale at Newsham, Northumberland, and contained in the Atthey Collection in the Newcastle Museum, which I have no hesitation in referring to the same species as the above. As it lies the specimen measures 13} inches in length, but being obliquely cut off just behind the ventral fin, its original length can scarcely have been less than 2 feet. ‘The scales are much jumbled and confused, but agree in sculpture with those already described. The head is very well preserved ; the antero-superior border of the left orbit is shown as well as the nasal opening of that side. ‘he cranial roof-bones are, like those of the Hebden Bridge specimen, mainly striated, the ridges tending in places, especially on the snout, to pass into tubercles. ‘The mandible is also longitudinally striated, and the broad post- orbital part seems also to have possessed a similar ornament, though its infra-orbital process is tuberculated. The pectoral fin is pretty well shown, though its distal extremity is somewhat frayed. From the figure it will clearly be seen that the principal rays are unarticulated for at least the first third of their length, and that the anterior margin is furnished with closely set prominent fulcra. The ventral fin is situated 6 ACROLEPIS HOPKINSI. | inches behind the origin of the pectoral, but is badly preserved, little more being seen of it than the stumps of its truncated rays. In Pl. XXV, fig. 6, is exhibited a specimen showing portions of three bands of flank- scales from the “ Drumgray ” Coal Shale, Carluke, Lanarkshire. It belongs to the Rankin Collection, Hunterian Museum, University of Glasgow, and is therefore very probably one of the original types of Gyrolepis Rankinei of Agassiz. ‘These scales show the typical Acro/epis-shape—the extensive covered area, prolonged upwards in a pointed process, and the deeply imbricating arrangement. ‘The sculpture of the exposed area consists, as before, of closely set, sub-parallel ridges, passing obliquely downwards and backwards across the surface, frequently intercalated, sometimes branching, and ending on the non-denticulated hinder margin. ‘hat the fish to which these scales belonged was of large dimensions is evident, the height of the exposed area being no less than $ inch, the breadth a little less, but I see no reason why it should not be referred to Acrolepis Hopkinsi. In 1877 I described a slab, from shale below the “ Main”’ Limestone of Braidwood, Lanarkshire, in the collection of the late Dr. Hunter-Selkirk, and showed a number of scales and bones of a large Acrolepis, which I referred to Acrolepis (Gyrolepis) Rankint, Agassiz, sp. ‘These remains seemed to show a character of their own, inasmuch as the head-bones presented more of a tubercular ornament than in the specimens above described, but I nevertheless cannot think it safe to found a new species on that character. ‘I'he ridges on the scales of the caudal region form a reticulated pattern by coalescence. Remarks.—The Lanarkshire specimens share with Hlonichthys pectinatus the tradi- tion of representing the Gyrolepis Rankinei of Agassiz, and of the two it is much more probable that the Acro/epis is the fish in question.’ In fact, as I have already remarked, the specimen of scales from Dr. Rankin’s collection, represented in Pl. XXYV, fig. 6, may be indeed the type specimen. Agassiz’s name is, however, merely a manuscript one and has therefore no authority, even if we had certainty on the subject, which we have not. And as I cannot find any positive mark of distinction between these Scottish specimens and those from Yorkshire and Northumberland, I must adopt M‘Coy’s name Hophinsi for all, Geological Position and Localities.—Acrolepis Hopkinsi occurs both in estuarine shales and in beds of obviously marine origin; it is also one of the few species of * Ganoids,” which are found both above and below the Millstone Grit. It occurs in: Lower Limestone Series: Braidwood, Lanarkshire. Cement Limestone Shale, East Kilbride. Millstone Grit: Hebden Bridge, Yorkshire. Lower Coal Measures: Kilmarnock Water; Newsham, Northumberland. 1 “ Leeds,” however, is the locality given by Agassiz, ‘ Poiss. Foss.’; but “ Lanarkshire” is added by Morris, ‘Cat. Brit. Foss.,’ p. 328. 112 GANOID FISHES OF THE CARBONIFEROUS FORMATION, ‘The type is from the Carboniferous Limestone of Derbyshire and is contained in the Woodwardian Museum, Cambridge. 2, ACROLEPIS SEMIGRANULOSA, Traquair. Plate XXV, figs. 9—11. ACROLEPIS SHMIGRANULOSUS, Traquair. Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb., vol. xvii, 1890, p. 398. — SEMIGRANULOSA, A. 8. Woodward. Cat. Foss. Fishes Brit. Mus., pt. ii, 1891, p. 507. Specifie Characters.—Exposed surface of scales covered with innumerable closely set fine ridges, wavy and often tortuous, and tending at places to break up into minute tubercles. Description.—The only specimen which has occurred hitherto is a patch of confused scales ten inches in length by four in greatest breadth, and including at one extremity a fragment apparently of one of the plates of the head. ‘These scales are mostly flank- scales and are all more or less broken, the most entire one being the ventral scale repre- sented in fig. 11. The covered area of the flank-scales (figs. 9 and 10) is extensive and passes upwards into a prominent pointed process; the exposed area has its antero- superior angle concavely truncated; the whole of this free surface is covered with fine, closely set ridges or stria, wavy and often tortuous, bifurcating and interrupted, and tending in places to break up into minute tubercles, the main direction of these strize passing in some cases (figs. 10 and 11) transversely or obliquely across the scale from back to front or in other cases (fig. 9) mainly vertically from above downwards. The scale represented in fig. 11, evidently a ventral scale, has its covered area produced obliquely upwards and forwards in a long, slightly curved pointed process, the length of which is more than twice the height of the free area of the scale. I can see no trace of denticulations along the posterior border of any of the scales shown in the specimen. On the fragment of a large cephalic plate included in the specimen, the ornament consists entirely of minute and closely placed tubercles or granulations. Observations.—That the scales described above belonged to a fish of the genus Acrolepis is, | think, perfectly evident from their shape, and their specific distinction is equally clear from their peculiar ornament, consisting as it does partly of very fine strize and partly of minute tubercles. Geological Position and Locality.—Lower Carboniferous. ‘lhe above described unique specimen is in the Royal Scottish Museum, Edinburgh, and occurred in the “ Dunnet”’ Shale, formerly worked at Straiton near Burdiehouse, Midlothian. ACROLEPIS ORTHOLEPIS. 113 3. ACROLEPIS ORTHOLEPIS, 7raguair. Plate X XV, figs. 7, 8. > ? oD ] ELONICHTHYS ORTHOLEPIS, Traquair. Geol. Mag. [3], vol. 1, 1884, p. 10. ACROLEPIS orTHOLEPIS, Traquair. Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb., vol. xvii, 1870, p. 828; and Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [6], vol. vi, 1890, p. 492. — _ A. S. Woodward. Cat. Foss. Fishes Brit. Mus., pt. 1, 1891, p. 508. Specific Characters.—Scales not serrated posteriorly ; those of the flank higher than broad ; tolerably coarse ridges and furrows run parallel with the superior, posterior, and inferior margins and meet at acute angles on a strong diagonal elevation which runs downwards and backwards over tle scale to the postero-inferior angle. Description—The type specimen, belonging to the British Museum Collection, is represented in Pl. XXV, fig. 7. ‘The length of this example is exactly twelve inches, but the tip of the snout is not present. It is also shghtly contorted or bent so that the back is more convex or gibbous than would otherwise be the case, while the ventral margin assumes a concave contour. Compression has also taken place in a somewhat oblique direction so that, the fish lying on its right side, the origin of the dorsal fin is slightly concealed by the scales of the left. The general contour of the fish is fusiform, with a powerful heterocercal tail. If we allow 3 inch for the missing part of the snout, the length of the head would be contained 5% times in the total. The head has the usual Palzoniscid structure, but is so crushed and otherwise badly preserved that little more can be said of it. ‘Traces of fine striae are seen on the maxilla as well as on the mandible and on the opercular bones. ‘The supra-clavicular element of the shoulder girdle shows the same kind of ridged sculpture so general in species of this and allied genera. The scales are of moderate size and are not serrated along their posterior margins. Those of the flank (fig. 8) are higher than broad ; as stated above, the ornament of their exposed surfaces consists of tolerably coarse ridges and furrows which run parallel with the superior, posterior, and inferior margins and meet at acute angles a strong diagonal ridge or elevation which runs obliquely downwards and backwards over the scale to the postero-inferior angle. In the scales further back this diagonal ridge becomes less marked and finally disappears, and towards the tail pedicle the sculpture becomes reduced to interrupted furrows and punctures, arranged diagonally in the middle of the scale, but at the periphery tending to be parallel with the superior, posterior, and inferior margins. On the small narrow scales of the caudal body-prolongation these markings appear mostly as simple diagonal furrows. One of the pectoral fins is seen and attains a length of 14 inches, but it is not ina good state of preservation, its rays being rather broken up terminally and post-axially. I 114 GANOID FISHES OF THE CARBONIFEROUS FORMATION. should say that the principal rays must have been unarticulated for some extent of their length. The ventral is also not in very good condition; as the specimen lies, it is placed nearer the anal than the pectoral. It appears small, but the broken up condition of its rays indicates that its size and form are not accurately preserved. The dorsal commences slightly in front of a point midway between the posterior border of the gill cover and the commencement of the caudal fin. Its shape is triangular acuminate, its height in front attains 13 inches—though it must have been higher, as the base of the fin is partly concealed owing to the oblique compression of the specimen. The rays of the dorsal are rather distantly articulated, and each joint is ornamented on its exposed surface by one prominent smooth ridge or longitudinal elevation. ‘l'races of oblique slender fulcra are seen along the anterior margin. The anal fin agrees closely with the dorsal in configuration and structure ; the length of its longest rays is 1? inches. The caudal fin is large, inequilobate, and deeply bifurcate; the length of the upper lobe, measured from a point in the middle of the tail pedicle opposite the commencement of the lower one, being 3? inches. ‘lhe longest rays of the lower lobe attain a length of 22 inches as preserved, but as the distal extremity of this part of the fin is not shown, the original length of these rays may be estimated at 23 inches. These rays of the lower lobe are more closely articulated than those of the other median fins, yet though the joints become shorter towards the extremities of the rays they never are so short as to appear square. ‘The joints also show occasional longitudinal furrows on their ganoid surfaces, and the anterior margin of the fin is bordered by minute and oblique slender fulcra. The upper lobe possesses a very strong body-prolongation ; its fringe-like rays are fine and begin to dichotomise about the middle of their length; the joints are rather longer than broad and apparently smooth externally. Another specimen belonging to the Royal Scottish Museum has attained a size twice as great as that of the above-described original example, as it measures 25% inches in length. It is really nearly entire, the extremities of the caudal lobes only being deficient. As the general form of body and fins is well shown, it may be of interest to give the measurements of the specimen. Kutire length from the tip of the snout to the broken off extremities of the caudal lobes. : : : . 2 feet 14 inches. Hstimated length when entire ; ; ; ; oP eeu) Length of head. : : : Ay, Greatest depth of body between shoulder and ventral fin . oe 5 From tip of snout to opposite commencement of ventral fin . Lr 5. “; 7. ss Ee dorsal 5 ope Ns os 3 eB f anal . ; 16} =Ca, 5 3 a * lower lobe of caudal, 202 =~, ACROLEPIS WILSONI. WS The scales, although not jumbled, are nevertheless not well shown, being much broken in the splitting of the large nodule in which the fish is contained, but it is clear that they were thick, not denticulated posteriorly, and with a broad overlapped anterior area. Wherever the sculpture of the exposed surface is visible, it agrees essentially with that on the scales of the first described specimen, so that there is no doubt as to specific identity. ‘The pectoral fin measures 4 inches in length; the ventral, which is not long- based, measures 24 inches at its anterior border, and, as in the previous specimen, its position lies nearer to the anal than to the pectoral. ‘The dorsal, triangular-acuminate with concave posterior border, has a base of 3 inches in length, which is also the length of its longest rays in front. Concerning the anal and the caudal nothing special need be said, There is also, in my private collection, a juvenile specimen which measures 34 inches in length, without the head and the extremity of the upper lobe of the caudal fin, which are deficient. ‘Though the scales in this specimen are naturally very small and the markings few, yet their style is quite recognisable. Noteworthy points are the proportionally distant character of the transverse articulations of the fin-rays, and the difficulty in making out the presence of fulcra on the anterior margins, which points are, in my opinion, connected with the youth of the individual. The ventral fin is here also nearer in position to the anal than to the pectoral. Observations.—I originally referred this species to EVonichthys, adopting the specific name ortholepis on account of the want of denticulations along the posterior borders of the flank-scales, which fact alone, I confess, ought to have made me think of the genus Acrolepis. ‘he scale characters of Acrolepis are, however, so evident in the subsequently discovered larger specimen, that I had no hesitation in transferring the species to that genus, these characters being the great thickness of the scales and the breadth of their anterior covered area. Geological Position and Locality—As yet found only in the fish-beds of Lower Carboniferous age exposed in the banks of the River Esk at Glencartholm, Dumtfries- shire. 4. Acrotupis Wisont, Zraquair. Plate XXV, figs. 12, 13. Acro.ePis WILsont, Traquair. Geol. Mag. [3], vol. v, 1888, p. 254. — A. S. Woodward. Cat. Foss. Fishes Brit. Mus., pt. ii, 1891, p- 507, pl. xv, fig. 3. Description.—Only scales are as yet known, which indicate a fish of considerable size. The exposed surface is rhombic, closely covered with small pits about 7; inch in diameter, which in the middle of the area are arranged somewhat irregularly, but above and below are disposed in three or four regular lines parallel with the upper and lower Ri 116 GANOID FISHES OF 'THE CARBONIFEROUS FORMATION. margins respectively. ‘I'he surface between the pits is minutely fretted with excessively delicate grooves which are only perceptible by aid of alens. ‘The well-developed covered area projects upwards in an angular process ; the articular spine is well developed. Observations.—The original specimen was recognised as new by the late Mr. J. Ward of Longton, who passed it on to me for description with the request that I would name it after its finder, Mr. E. Wilson, F.G.S. Since that time it has come into the possession of the British Museum, as have likewise the specimens here figured. ‘The shape of these scales indicates Acrolepis as the genus, and the peculiarity of their markings is such as to entitle the fish to which they belonged to most unmistakable specific distinction. Geological Position and Locality—lrom the Yoredale Series of ‘Turnditch near Belper, Derbyshire. ye Genus—N wmatorprycuius, Zraguair, 1879. 1844. Pyaorrerus, Agassiz (pars). 1875. Nemarortycutus, Traquair. Generic Characters.—Geueral form elongated; suspensorium very oblique; gape wide; teeth sharply conical, enamel-capped, of different sizes, large and small, the large ones forming a row internal to the more numerous and closely placed small ones. Vlank- scales much higher than broad, with a flat triangular articular process arising from the whole or nearly the whole of the upper margin ; antero-superior and postero-inferior angles of the exposed surface of the scale obtuse ; covered area of scale extremely narrow ; ornament of exposed surface consisting of fine, closely set thread-like ridges; paired fins moderate in size; principal rays of pectoral unarticulated for some slight distance from their origin; ventral fin situated rather nearer to the anal than to the pectoral, its base not elongated. Dorsal fin situated far back, nearly opposite the anal ; both are triangular- acuminate ; caudal powerful, deeply bifurcated. Marginal fulcra on all the fins very distinct but small. The form of the scales, with the backward position of the dorsal fin, is characteristic for the genus, of which only one species is as yet known. Nematoprycuius Greenockt, Zraguair. Plate [, figs. 7—11; Plate XXVI. PyGorrERUS GREENOCKII, Agassiz. Poiss. Foss., vol. ii, pt. ii, 1844, p. 78 (undefined). — — Traquair. Proc. Roy. Soe. Edinb., vol. v, 1866, p. 597. — — Traquair, Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinb., vol. xxiv, 1867, p (OL; pl. xv. == ELEGANS, C. W. Peach. Rep. Brit. Assoc., 1871 (1872), Trans. Sect., p. 109 (name only). NEMATOPTYCHIUS GREENOCKI. LN Nematoprycnivs Greenocen, Traquair. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [4], vol. xxv, 1875, p. 258, pl. xvi, figs. 7—11. -—— GRACILIS, Traquair. Proce. Roy. Soe. Edinb., vol. ix, 1877, p. 262. — GReEENOCKHT, Traquair. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe., vol. xxxiii, 1877, p. 577. — -- Traquair. Ganoid Fishes Brit. Carb. Form. (Pal. Soc., 1877), p. 15, pl. i, figs. 7—11. — — Traquair. Proc. Roy. Phys. Soe. Edinb., vol. v, 1879, pp. 118, 128. — — Traquair. Proe. Roy. Soe. Edinb., vol. xvii, 1890, pp. 331, 898. — Greenock, A. S. Woodward. Cat. Foss. Fishes Brit. Mus., pt. 11, 1891, p. 458. — = Traquair. Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinb., vol. xlvi, 1SS/o pe Line Description —Vhe two most nearly complete specimens which I have seen were found by myself many years ago at Wardie, one of these being represented in Pl. XX VI, fig. 1. Its length as it lies is 143 inches, but allowing for the deficiency of the extremities of the lobes of the caudal fin its original length was probably two inches more. ‘The other one (not figured) is larger, being 16 inches in length as preserved, but in like manner its original Jength could not have been less than 18 inches. The general shape of the body is elongated, the dorsal and ventral margins in front of the dorsal and anal fins being tolerably straight, and the dorsal fin rather far back so that we are reminded of the form of a recent pike. The length of the head is greater than the greatest depth of the body and is contained over four times in the calculated total. The osteology of the cranial shield has already been described at p. 15 of this mono- graph and illustrated by figs. 7 and 8 of Pl. I. On Pl. XXVI, fig. 3, I give another figure showing the internal surface of another cranial shield from Straiton, near Burdiehouse, which is interesting in showing the course of the right and left sensory canals (s.c.) indicated in relief on the surfaces of the parietal and frontal elements. The external facial bones are also represented in the restored figure of the head (Pl. I, fig. 11). It will there be seen that the suspensorium is very oblique, the operculum (op.) and suboperculum (¢. op.) rather small: the preoperculum (yp. op.), represented detached in fig. 4, is of the usual Paleoniscid form, but I have not noticed any of the accessory plates which are present in onichthys. he branchiostegal plates (47.) are very numerous, the anterior one of each series being specially broad in form, but I have not seen any evidence of the presence of a median plate as in Elonichthys, Rhadinichthys, ete. ‘The maxilla (mz.), isolated in Pl. XXVI, fig. 5, is large and has its broad post-orbital part ornamented by striz, which run parallel with the superior and posterior borders, but the oral margin of the whole bone, as shown 118 GANOID FISHES OF 'THE CARBONIFEROUS FORMATION. in fig. 5 of this Plate, is finely tuberculated. ‘lhe mandible is composed of four pieces at least—the dentary, articular, angular, and splenial. The dentary is represented isolated in Pl. XXVI, fig. 6 ; it is elongated but strong, and is slightly bent upwards at its anterior extremity ; its external surface is beautifully and closely tuberculated, the tubercles being sometimes longitudinally elongated into short ridges, ‘I'he splenial element is shown, detached, in Pl. I, fig. 10; the position of the angular (ag.) and articular (a7.) in figs. 9 and 11 of the same Plate. The palatoquadrate apparatus is elongated and concave externally, like that of other Paleoniscide. It certainly consists of several pieces—of three and probably also of a fourth—but my material is not yet sufficiently perfect to enable me to give a definite figure and description of the arrangement. ‘Teeth occur on the dentary element of the mandible and on the maxilla and pre- maxilla, but, so far as I can see, zof on the splenial or on the hard palate. ‘They are, as usual, of different sizes, the small ones being more externally placed than the large or “Janiaries”’; they are sharp, conical, enamel-capped, slightly incurved, smooth on the outer side, while the inner one is slightly striated ; the pulp cavity is very roomy at the base (Pl. XXVI, fig. 7). ‘The scales, as noted in the generic diagnosis, are peculiar in form (figs. 9—11). All along the back and flanks they are much higher than broad ; the exposed area is indeed more or less rhomboidal, but the acute angles are here the postero-superior and the antero-inferior. ‘The antero-superior angle is not produced into a point, distinct from the proper articular peg, or spine, which latter, broad and triangular (fig. 9), arises from the entire upper margin of the scale. ‘I'he exposed ganoid surface is ornamented by very delicate thread-like wavy ridges, branching and intercalated, which on the scales of the flank are subparallel and run more or less vertically down the scale, or between the two acute angles (fig. 9); on the scales of the back, however, they often follow a more irregular and flexuously contorted course (fig. 11). On the under or attached surface of the scale the usual keel is obsolete. On the ventral surface of the body the scales are very small and so low as to appear equilateral ; all the scales, however, appear to have the same ornamentation, consisting of fine wavy ¢hread-like ridges, whence the generic name Nematoptychius. The elements of the shoulder girdle are conformed as in other Paleeoniscide, and do not call for special description. The pectoral fin is not shown in the fine example represented in Pl. XXVI, fig. 1, but in fig. 8 we have a good view of it, all except the apex, which is cut off by the edge of the stone—another specimen, not figured, shows, however, that this fin was pointed distally. Fig. 8 shows well the condition of the principal rays as to transverse articula- tion, the first joint of each of these rays being much larger than those which succeed. The ventral fin of the right side is shown in fig. 1, its extremity being cut off, like those of the other fins of this specimen, by the edge of the nodule. ‘I'he base is rather NEMATOPTYCHIUS GREENOCKI. ie) wide, measuring one inch across, and the number of its rays may be estimated at no less than thirty-five. The dorsal fin is placed very far back, being nearly opposite the anal. Triangular- acuminate in form, it consists approximately of about forty-five rays, which are rather coarser in the anterior two thirds of the fin, but become finer posteriorly. The trans- verse articulations of the individual rays are rather close together, but the joints are still longer than broad, and the whole ray bifurcates a little beyond its middle. The anal fin is the counterpart of the dorsal in form and structure, but appears to be very slightly larger. ‘The form and position of these two fins are well seen in Pl. XXVI, fig. 2, which is from the “Dunnet”’ Shale of Straiton, and represents a smaller specimen. The caudal fin, seen most completely in fig. 2, is large, deeply cleft, and strongly heterocercal. All the fins are set with small, yet distinct fulcra along their anterior margins, and these are also best seen in fig. 2, which is taken from a shale specimen and not from one preserved in clay ironstone, like most of the others on the same Plate. Remarks.—In his ‘ Poissons Fossiles,’ vol. i, p. 78, Agassiz referred to a species of ** Pygopterus”’ as occurring in the Carboniferous Shales of Newhaven (Wardie), near Edinburgh, which he named P. Greenocki, in honour of Lord Greenock, the first collector of ichthyolites from that locality, and in whose collection the specimens were contained. “ Pygopterus Greenocki” belongs, however, to the category of ‘* nomina nuda,” as he did not accompany it by any valid description, saying merely that it was an “ Hspéce trés-distincte sous le rapport spécifique mais douteuse sous le rapport generique. Les fragmens connus ne sont guére que des tétes avec la partie antérieure du tronc. Les écailles quai recouvrent cette partie du corps sont plus hautes que longues, et different par la de celles de tous les autres Pygopterus.’ Nevertheless, I think we may with tolerable, if not with absolute, certainty identify with this ‘* Pygopterus”’ certain heads of a large Palzeoniscid from Wardie, presented by Lord Greenock to the Royal Society of Edinburgh, and now in the teaching collection of the Geological Department of Edinburgh University. Having had the good fortune to find at Wardie two entire specimens, I devoted my first palzeichthyological paper to a description of these remains, in which I showed that the cranial osteology of this so-called “ Sauroid”’ was on the same lines as in fishes referred by Agassiz to Amblypterus, one of his so-called “ Lepidoids.” In that paper I retained the generic name Pygopterus for the large Paleeoniscid in question, as unfor- tunately I had not at that time enjoyed the opportunity of studying the characters of the typical Pygopterus of the Marl Slate and Kupferschiefer. However, some years later (1875) I showed that the species Greenocki could not possibly be classed in the genus Pygopterus, and established therefore the new genus Mematoptychius for its reception. 120 GANOID FISHES OF THE CARBONIFEROUS FORMATION. In 1877 I imagined that I had discovered a new species of Nematoptychius from the Gilmerton Ironstone, which I named J. gracilis. The specimen, in the Royal Scottish Museum, is a small fish nine inches in length and differing from the typical Greenocki principally in the more distant articulations of the fin-rays and in the more regularly tapering form of the teeth. Enlightened by experience I came, however, to look upon the first supposed diagnostic mark to be a sign of youth, and to put no weight on the second. Accordingly in 1890 I cancelled the species. C. W. Peach’s ‘“ Pygopterus elegans,’ founded on some dentigerous bones from Loanhead, now in the Royal Scottish Museum, is clearly a synonym of Nematoptychius Greenock. The predaceous habits of the larger Palaeoniscidée are well illustrated by a specimen of Nematoplychius Greenocki from the Borough Lee Ironstone in my own collection, in the abdominal cavity of which the remains of a good-sized Acanthodes are distinctly recognisable. ‘Ihis phenomenon is also frequently exhibited by large specimens of Rhabdolepis macropterus, a Lower Permian Paleeoniscid common in the ironstone nodules of Saarbriicken and Lebach im Rhenish Prussia. In all these cases the Acanthodes was swallowed head foremost, as is shown by the position of its remains in the body of the larger fish. This must necessarily have been so, as in any other position its formidable spines would have proved an insuperable obstacle to its being swallowed at all. Geological Position and Localities —Nematoplychius Greenochi is one of the most common and widely distributed of all the estuarine fishes of the Lower Carboniferous rocks of the East of Scotland, occurring as it does in almost every fish-bearing bed of that category from the Wardie Shales to the Upper Limestone Series. | Beginning with the lowest horizon in which its remains occur, we note its appearance first in the— Calciferous Sandstone Series: Common in the ironstone nodules washed out of the shales at Wardie Beach. Burdiehouse Limestone, Burdiechouse, and Burntisland. Shales on the sea coast at Gullane, Kast Lothian. Roof of “ Dunnet”’ Shale and “ Broxburn ” Shale at Straiton near Burdiehouse; also at Oakbank and West Calder. Pitcorthy near Anstruther, Fifeshire. Lower Limestone Series: Gilmerton Ironstone at Venturefair Pit, Gilmerton. idge Coal Series: Loanhead Ironstone, No. 1, at Loanhead and West Edge. Borough Lee Ironstone, or Loanhead No. 2, at Borough Lee and Loanhead. Lower Possil Ironstone, Possil, Lanarkshire. Wallyford near Musselburgh. Upper Limestone Series: Roof Shale of “South Parrot’ Coal seam, at Niddrie near Edinburgh. In 1875 I mentioned the occurrence of a maxilla of W. Greenocki in the Coal Measures of Shawfair near Dalkeith. I have seen reason, however, to believe that the specimen in question came from the Edge Coal Series at Wallyford, and that consequently there is as yet no record of the genus in Upper Carvoniferous rocks. CYCLOPTYCHIUS CARBONARIUS. 121 Genus—CycLorrycuius, Young, 1866. Generic Characters.—Form narrow and elongated; suspensorium oblique and gape wide ; dentition of the normal Palaoniscid type, the teeth being conical, sharp, and enamel-capped, and of two sizes, an inner set of larger teeth being present along with an outer series of smaller ones. Scales rhombic, their postero-inferior angles tending to be rounded off; sculpture consisting of ridges with a more or Jess concentric arrangement. Pectoral fin having its principal rays unarticulated till towards their terminations ; ventral placed midway between the pectorals and the anal ; dorsal fin situated nearly opposite the anal, both being triangular-acuminate ; caudal heterocercal, deeply cleft and inequilobate ; fulcra on all the fins distinct. Cycloptychius resembles Rhadinichthys in many points, but is amply distinguished by the form and mode of sculpture of the scales and by the still more backward position of the dorsal fin. | Only two species are known, one from the Upper, the other from the Lower Carboniferous rocks of Great Britain. ]. CycLoprycuius carBonarius, Young. Plate XXVII, figs. 1—5; Text-figure 5. CyYcLorrycHIiUs carBonartius, J. Young (exw Huxley MS.). Rep. Brit. Assoc. for 1865 (1866), p. 319. Cycnorrycutus, Hancock and Atthey. Aun. Mag. Nat. Hist. [4], vol. i, 1868, p. 362, — carbonarius, 7. P. Barkas. Coal Meas. Paleontology, 1873, p. 36, fig. 140. = _— Traquair, Geol. Mag. [2], vol. i, 1874, p. 241, pl. xii. — == Ward. Proc. N. Staffs. Nat. Field Club, 1875, p. 240. ~- W. J. Barkas. Monthly Rey. Dental Surgery, vol. i, 1875, p. 500, figs. Ixvili—lxx. — caRBONARIUS, Ward. Trans. N. Staffs. Inst. Mining Engineers, vol. x, 1890, p. 179, pl. iv, figs. 3—5. — a A. S. Woodward. Cat. Foss. Fishes Brit. Mus., pt. 1, 1891, p. 460. Specific Characters.—Scales rhombic, with rounded postero-inferior angle; ridges fine, thread-like ; one of the ridges running along the upper part of the posterior margin is generally more or less zigzagged, so as to give almost a crenulated aspect to that margin. Description—Vhe following description is taken from specimens from the ‘“ Deep mine” Ironstone shale of North Staffordshire collected by the late Mr. John Ward, and now in the British Museum. All the specimens but one are the remains of small fishes, 122 GANOID FISHES OF THE CARBONIFEROUS FORMATION. measuring from about 34 to 44 inches in length; the exception is formed by the head and fore part of the body of an individual which must have, when entire, measured at least 6 or 7 inches. ‘The general form is elegant and slender ; the greatest depth is at the shoulders, whence the body gradually tapers towards the caudal extremity. ‘Taking into account the phenomena of ‘shortening up” and “lengthening out,” so common among Paleozoic fossil fishes, the head would occupy about one fifth of the total length, while the ventrals would be situated at rather less than two fifths, and the beginning of the dorsal and anal fins at less than three fifths from the tip of the snout. The osteology of the head is typically Paleeoniscid, with oblique suspensorium, wide gape, and prominent superethmoidal prominence. ‘The external surfaces of the bones of the cranial roof seem to have been finely tuberculated, the tubercles being sometimes confluent into short ridges. In one specimen a good view of the hyomandibular element pt ym POP fhm B Fig. 5.—a. Sketch of the side of the head with the bones of the face and shoulder of Cycloptychius carbonarius, somewhat enlarged and restored. Op., operculum; p.op., preoperculum; s.op., suboperculum ; s.0., suborbital ; ma., maxillary; mn., mandible; h.m., hyomandibular; 67., branchiostegal rays; p.f., post-temporal; s.c/., supra-clavicular; cZ., clavicle; p.cl., post-clavicular ; z.cl., infra-clavicular. 8B. Isolated hyomandibular bone of Cycloptychius carbonarius. _ Magnified slightly. is obtained. It is a somewhat long-shaped bone (‘Text-fig. 58), which descends obliquely downwards and backwards towards the articulation of the lower jaw, and is compressed laterally, while below the middle it is slightly bent forwards again at a low angle ; iz situ the upper part is very oblique, the lower nearly perpendicular. ‘The orbit is, as usual, placed far forwards and surrounded by a chain of ossicles whose exact number can scarcely be determined. The maxillary bone is stout and broad till it comes to the orbit, where, as in other Paleoniscide, it is suddenly cut away, the anterior extremity passing on below the eye in a pointed process towards the premaxillary. The operculum is rather narrow, though broader above than below ; the suboperculum is small and quadrate in shape; the branchiostegal rays or plates are numerous. The mandible, whose separate elements it is impossible to define, is stout in its posterior half, but tapers nearly to a point anteriorly. ‘The teeth, with which the margins of both jaws are armed, are of the usual type, being 2) conical, sharp, slightly incurved, and enamel-capped. They are of two sizes—Jarge PLATE XXIV. (The cost of this plate has been defrayed by the Carnegie Trust for the Universities of Scotland.) Acrolepis Hopkinsi, McCoy. Portion of the squamation of the flank, from the Millstone Grit of Hebden Bridge, Yorkshire ; natural size. In the Davis Collection, British Museum (Natural History), no. P. 7672. Plate XXIV. cide. HLOVUS prhoratercus Pad. ( J.Green in lap. dJ.Green del. 7 PLATE XXYV. (The cost of this plate has been defrayed by the Carnegie Trust for the Universities Fia. of Scotland.) Outline sketch of the maxillary bone and mandible of Acrolepis Sedgwicki, Agassiz ; from a specimen from the Marl Slate of Midderidge in the Enniskillen Collection, British Museum (Natural History), no. P. 8407; natural size. Flank-scale of the same species, outer surface, magnified. British Museum (Natural History). Similar scale, inner surface, magnified. British Museum (Natural History). Another detached scale of the same species, outer surface, from the same horizon and locality ; magnified. British Museum (Natural History). 5. Portions of two dorsal fin-rays of Acrolepis Sedgwicki, Agassiz, magnified ; showing 6. Ds 12. Lg; the method of transverse jointing, with the exposed sculptured, and the overlapped smooth surfaces of the successive joints. From the same horizon and locality as the above. British Museum (Natural History). Acrolepis Hopkinsi, McCoy. Portions of three bands of flank-scales ; natural size. From the Drumgray Coal Shale, Carluke, Lanarkshire. In the Rankine Collection, Hunterian Museum, University of Glasgow. Acrolepis ortholepis, Traquair; natural size. From the Lower Carboniferous (Calciferous Sandstone Series) of Glencartholm, Eskdale, Dumfriesshire. ‘The type specimen, in the British Museum (Natural History), no. P. 4081. External surfaces, magnified seven diameters, of a group of four flank-scales of the same specimen, Acrolepis semigranulosus, Vraquair. Outer surface of flank-scale magnified by one half. From the type specimen from the Dunnet Shale (Calciferous Sandstone Series) of Straiton, Midlothian. In the Royal Scottish Museum, Edinburgh. Another scale from the same specimen, similarly magnified, showing the striae breaking up into granules on the upper part of the surface. Another scale, probably from near the ventral margin, from the same specimen, similarly magnified. Acrolepis Wilsoni, Vraquair. Scales of type specimen, magnified two and a half diameters. From the Yoredale Series at ‘Tarnditch, near Belper, Derbyshire. British Museum (Natural History), no. P. 5329. Another group of scales of the same specimen, magnified one and a half diameters. Figs 1-5, 8-J1,R.H Traquair. Figs.6,7,12.13.J Green J.Green in lap i = ; — ‘a 2 f — [KS rene ee i i] PLATE XXVI. (The cost of this plate has been defrayed by the Carnegie ‘Trust for the Universities of Scotland.) Fic. 1. Mematoptychius Greenocki, Traquair ; natural size. From the Lower Carboniferous (Calciferous Sandstone Series) at Wardie, near Edinburgh. One of the type specimens, in the Collection of the Author. 2. Caudal portion of another specimen, from the Dunnet Shale of Straiton, Midlothian ; natural size. In the Royal Scottish Museum, Edinburgh. 3. A nearly entire cranial buckler of the same species seen from the internal surface ; natural size; from the same horizon and locality as no. 2. /f, frontals; pa., parietals ; sg., squamosals ; ¢., superethmoidal ; s. ¢., sensory canal. 4. Detached preopercular plate of the same species ; natural size. From the roof-shale of the *f South Parrot” coal-seam, Niddrie, Midlothian (Upper Limestone Group). In the Royal Scottish Museum, Edinburgh. 5. Maxillary bone of the same species, from the same horizon and locality as no. 4. ‘The posterior expanded portion is seen only in impression, but the bone 1s preserved along the dentary margin, where it displays, numerous Janmiary teeth. 6. Dentary element of the mandible of the same species, seen from the outside and magnified by one half. ‘he sculpture of the external surface and the dentition are well displayed. From the Calciferous Sandstone Series, Pitcorthy, Fifeshire. In the Royal Scottish Museum, Edinburgh. 7. Maxillary laniary tooth of the same species, seen from the inner surface and magimfied six diameters. ‘The enamel-cap of the apex is well shown, and, a piece of the base of the tooth having been splintered off, the wide pulp cavity of this portion of the tooth, filled with calcareous spar, is displayed. From Wardie. 8. A fragment, showing the proximal part of the left pectoral fin of the same species ; natural size. From Wardie. In the Collection of the Author. 9. Flank-scale of the same species, showing the external sculptured surface and the articular process of the upper margin; magnified three diameters. From Wardie. 10. Inner surface of a similar scale, magnified three diameters. From Wardie. 11. External sculptured surfaces of a group of four dorsal scales, also magnified three diameters. From Wardie. Carboniferous Palzxoniscide . Plate XXVI. im Nada es Ee Reta JGveen in lap Figs. 7, 9-ll, RH Traquair PUA i XOX EL. (The cost of this plate has been defrayed by the Carnegie ‘Trust for the Universities of Scotland.) Fia. 1. Cycloptychius carbonarius, Young; natural size. ‘The front part of the head is lost. From the Deep-mine Ironstone Shale, Longton, Staffordshire. In the Royal Scottish Museum, Edinburgh. 2. Another specimen showing the head well, but the caudal fin badly. In the Ward Collection, British Museum (Natural History), no. P. 7966; from the same stratum and locality. 3. Another specimen from the same stratum and locality, also in the Ward Collection, British Museum (Natural History), no. P.7967. ‘The head and anterior part of the body are wanting, but the caudal fin is exceedingly well shown. 4. Exposed surfaces of three flank-scales of the same species, magnified, showing sculpture. Or . Entire outline of another flank-scale magnified. 6. Cycloptychius concentricus, Traquair; natural size. From the Lower Carboniferous (Calciferous Sandstone Series) of Glencartholm, Eskdale, Dumfriesshire. In the Collection of the Author. 7. Sculptured surfaces of two flank-scales of the same species, magnified six diameters. 8. Sculptured surfaces of three scales above the lateral line, magnified six diaineters. 9. Sculptured surfaces of two scales, situated near the caudal extremity, magnified six diameters. ~ Carboniferous Palxoniscidee. Tigs.1&6.J.Green. Figs. 2-5 & 7-9. D7 & M's Traquair. EAL Ls Plate XXVIII. J.Green in lap. 7 is th PLATE XXVIII. (‘he cost of this plate has been defrayed by the Carnegie ‘Trust for the Universities Fig. le De 3. A, D. 6. ie 8. of Scotland.) Rhadinichthys ornatissimus (Agassiz) ; natural size. A remarkably perfect specimen from the Dunnet Shale (Calciferous Sandstone Series) of Straiton, Midlothian. In the Royal Scottish Museum, Edinburgh. A large specimen of the same species from the Burdiehouse Limestone, Burdiehouse, showing the pectoral fin exceedingly well; natural size. Hugh Miller Collection, in the Royal Scottish Museum, Edinburgh. Head of another specimen from the Calciferous Sandstone of Wardie, near Edinburgh, obliquely compressed ; natural size. op., operculum; s. op., lower margin of suboperculuin ; ma., part of maxilla; mz., mandible; é7., branchio- stegal plates; br.', anterior broad plate of right and left branchiostegal series ; ér.", median plate; c/., portion of lower extremity of clavicle; ¢.c/., infra- clavicular plate. Dentary element of mandible of the same species, showing the external sculpture, but not the teeth, which are concealed in the stone; magnified by one half. From the Dunnet Shale, Straiton. In the Royal Scottish Museum. Flank-scale of the same species; magnified six diameters. rom Straiton. Scale further back ; magnified six diameters. From Straiton. Another posterior scale, magnified six diameters. From Straiton. Proximal portions of three fin-rays of the same species at the anterior commencement of the dorsal fin, showing the form of the joints and the commencement of the fulera; magnified six diameters. Carboniferous Palezonisade . Plate XXVIT. . CS {QC B§ Figs.1& 2.J.Green. Figs. 3-8.R.H Traquair. J.Green in lap. - ic =i be | — 7 i i = i % is : i 7 i i — = “ _ . . i | y = 7 “s kh "? ail - . ‘ ; . . 4 4 = ro : ; ‘6 i ; j : 7 oe ; : : : a, = a PLATE XXIX. (‘The cost of this plate has been defrayed by the Carnegie ‘Trust for the Universities Fic. 9 we of Scotland.) Rhadinichthys carinatus, Agassiz; natural size. From the Pumpherston Oil Shale (Calciferous Sandstone Series), Broxburn, West Lothian. In the Royal Scottish Museum, Edinburgh. Another specimen from the same horizon and locality ; natural size. In the Royal Scottish Museum, Edinburgh. Anterior part of another specimen, to show the pectoral fin; natural size. From the same horizon at Pumpherston. In the Collection of the Author. Scale from the nape of the neck; magnified four diameters. Flank-scale ; magnified six diameters. Another flank-scale ; magnified six diameters. Rhadinichthys Macconochii, Vraquair ; natural size, From the Lower Carboniferous (Calciferous Sandstone Series), Glencartholm, Eskdale, Dumfriesshire. In the Royal Scottish Museum, Edimburgh. Scales from the nape of the neck of the same species ; magnified six diameters. Flank-scales ; magnified six diameters. Scales further back ; magnified six diameters. One of the narrow ventral scales ; magnified six diaweters. Carbontlerous Paleontscide. Plate XXIX. Fig. 3. Figs.1,2,3,7. J. Green. Figs.4-6 & 6-l,R H Traquair J.Green in lap. PLATE XXX. (‘The cost of this Plate has been defrayed by the Carnegie ‘Trust for the Universities Fa. le ae of Scotland.) Rhadinichthys Canobiensis, Traquair; natural size. From the Lower Carboniferous (Calciferous Sandstone Series) of Glencartholm, Eskdale, Dumfresshire. In the Royal Scottish Museum, Edinburgh. Flank-scale of the same species ; magnified six diameters. The same, a less ornate variety ; magnified six diameters. Scales situated further back, towards the tail; magnified six diameters. Narrow abdominal scales ; magnified six diameters. Scale from the nape of the neck ; magnified six diameters. Rhadinichthys elegantulus, 'Vraquair; natural size. From Glencartholm. In the Collection of the Geological Survey of Scotland. ‘This is the original of RA. Geikiei, var. elegantulus, Traquair. Head of the same specimen enlarged two and a half times. p., parietal; 7, frontal ; e., Superethmoidal ; o7., orbit ; op., operculum ; s. op., suboperculum ; ma., maxilla ; d., dentary of mandible ; p.é., post-temporal; s. c/., supra-clavicular ; c/., clavicle. Scales from the nape of the neck of the same specimen ; magnified six diameters. Flank-scales ; magnified six diameters. Scale towards the tail; magnified six diameters. Rhadinichthys Canobiensis, var. delicatulus, Vraquair ; natural size. From the same horizon and locality as the above. Also in the Collection of the Geological Survey of Scotland. Sketch of the head of the same specimen enlarged two and a half times. Lettering as in Fig. 8. Flank-scales of the same ; magnified six diameters. Scales further back; magnified six diameters. Carbontterous Paleconiscida Plate XXX. Fig.1.J.Green. Figs. 2-15. D"= & M°S Traquair, J.Green in lap. [Paleontograpbical Society, 1909. THE FOS Stile FISHES OF THE HNGLISH CHALK. BY ARTHUR SMITH WOODWARD, LI.D., F.R.S., KEEPER OF THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY IN THE BRITISH MUSEUM; SECRETARY OF THE PALMONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY. PART -V. Paces 153—184; PiatrEs XX XIJI—X XXVIII. LON DO NE PRINTED FOR THE PALMHONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY. £09; - ADLARD AND SON, IMPR., LONDON AND DORKING. PROTOSPHYRANA. 153 3. Protosphyrena minor (Agassiz). Plate XXXII, figs. 1, 2. 1837-44. Tetrapterus minor, L. Agassiz, Poiss. Foss., vol. v, pt. i, pp. 7, 91, pl. 1x a, figs. 9, 10 (non figs. 11—13). 1888. Protosphyreena minor, A. S. Woodward, Proc. Geol. Assoc., vol. x, p. 321. 1890. Protosphyrena minor, J. Felix, Zeitschr. deutsch. geol. Ges., vol. xlii, p. 299. 1895. Protosphyreena minor, A. S. Woodward, Catal. Foss. Fishes B. M., pt. ili, p. 406. Type. Fragment of rostrum, probably from a Cenomanian zone; British Museum. Specific Characters.—Rostrum comparatively delicate and much elongated, attaining a length of at least 15cm.; the transverse section a depressed oval throughout its length, and the internal cavity extending a considerable distance towards the gradually tapering end; the external surface ornamented with coarse, closely-arranged, parallel longitudinal ridges, and its upper aspect marked with a median longitudinal groove, which does not obliterate the ornamentation. Description of Specimens.—This species is known only by portions of rostrum. The type specimen lacks the distal end, but this is shown in the original of Pl. XXXII, fig. 1. The proximal half, which is excavated by a relatively large central cavity, is always badly preserved. The longitudinal ridges of the conspicuous external ornament (fig. 2) sometimes anastomose and are sometimes inter- calated, while on the ventral surface (fig. 2 a) they occasionally pass into a well- marked reticulation. ‘Towards the blunt end of the rostrum the bone becomes nearly smooth, As already remarked (p. 95), the terminal caudal vertebre provisionally ascribed to this species by Agassiz, belong to a teleostean fish of the genus Ichthyodectes. Horizon and Localities—Zone of Holaster subglobosus : near Lewes, Sussex ; Burham, Kent. 4. Protosphyrena stebbingi, sp. nov. Plate XXXITI, fig. 3. Type.—Portions of rostrum from zone of Holaster subglobosus; collection of W. P. D. Stebbing, Esq. Specific Characters.—Rostrum depressed into a flattened blade, probably attaiming a length of from 35 to 40 cm., with a basal width of 4 to 5 em.; upper surface rising to the middle line, where it 1s traversed by a longitudinal groove, which has a flattened, smooth floor and sharply-raised, tuberculated edges; ornament of this surface consisting of low, rounded, longitudinal ridges and rows of circular pittings ; the lateral edges ornamented with stronger ridges, which are partly longitudinal, partly oblique; the terminal portion with the flattened upper surface only longitudinally ridged, the lateral edges and lower surface smooth. 20 154 FOSSIL FISHES OF THE ENGLISH CHALK. Description of Specimen.—This species is known only by the two pieces of one rostrum shown in Pl. XXXIII, figs. 3, 3a. The basal region is crushed and broken, displaying a very large central cavity, which becomes smaller forwards, and is then divided into two by the usual median partition; even in the terminal fragment, fig. 3 a, this double cavity persists as a pair of widely separated tubules. The fine tubercles clustered on the ridges which bound the median groove are pitted on the summit; and the peculiar nature of the ridged and pitted ornament of the greater part of the upper surface is illustrated in the enlarged fig. 3d. In the terminal part of the rostrum the median groove is only shghtly marked, and the longitudinal ridges of the ornament extend over it; these ridges are now very conspicuous, often subdivided into tubercles and in places reticulating. The lower surface (fig. 3a) is nearly smooth, but faintly impressed by a median longitudinal groove like that of the upper surface. Horizon and Locality.—Zone of Holaster subglobosus : Betchworth, Surrey. Family EKuGNaruip®. No typical member of this family has hitherto been found in the Chalk; for the fragment of jaw from the Chalk of Lewes named Caturus similis by Agassiz (Poiss. Foss., vol. 1, pt. n, 1844, p. 118, pl. Ixvi a, fig. 9) is indeterminable and probably belongs to a Teleostean fish. Two genera, however, Lophiostomus and Neorhombolepis, from the Enghsh Chalk, appear to be highly specialised Eugna- thidz, with completed vertebral centra, and without fulcra on the paired fins. Genus LOPHIOSTOMUS, Egerton. Lophiostomus, P. de M. G. Egerton, Figs. and Descript. Brit. Organic Remains, dec. vi (Mem. Geol. Surv., 1852), no. 10. Generic Characters.—Head relatively large, with very wide gape, and apparently much depressed. External head-bones and the opercular bones stout, more or less ornamented with tubercles and rugze of enamel; also sometimes bearing prominent bosses, notably in one or more pairs on the cranial roof. Maxilla with a straight or shghtly concave tooth-bearig border, and the premaxille fused together, pro- bably also with the ethmoid; teeth conical, in regular series, large and hollow on the margin of the jaw, mmute on the inner bones, not in sockets. Suboperculum nearly half as large as the operculum, which is quadrangular, but truncated at the postero-superior angle; gular plate very large. Vertebral centra apparently ring-shaped. Paired fins without fulera, and the pelvic pair relatively small and LOPHIOSTOMUS. 155 far forwards; their rays stout and ornamented. Scales rhombic and thick, with a wide overlapped border not produced at the angles, and the peg-and-socket articulation feeble or wanting; superficial ganoine more or less striated or pitted ; numerous series of narrow ventral scales. Type Species.—Lophiostomus divout, from the English Chalk. Remarks.—This genus is evidently related both to the Eugnathid and to the Amiide. Its thick rhombic scales and the presence of bony outgrowths on some of the external plates, considered together, suggest that it is one of the last members of the former family. The terminal forms of a group are often charac- terised by an armature of bony bosses or spines. 1. Lophiostomus dixoni, Hgerton. Plate XXXII, figs. 4, 5. 1852. Lophiostomus dixoni, P. de M. G. Egerton, loc. cit., n . 10, pls. x, x*. 1888. Lophiostomus dixoni, A. 8. Woodward, Proc. Geol. Assoc., vol. x, p. 305. 1895. Lophiostomus divoni, A. 8. Woodward, Catal. Foss. Fishes B. M., pt. 1, p. 359. Type. Head with part of abdominal region; British Museum. Specific Characters.—The type species, with skull attaining a length of 6 cm. External bones and fin-rays very conspicuously ornamented. Maximum width of cranial roof exceeding two thirds of its length; a pair of frontal prominences above the hinder part of the orbit, each laterally compressed and much elevated, the height exceeding half the distance between the pair; a similar pair of pro- minences on the squamosals. Gular plate as long as the tooth-bearing portion of the mandible, and at least two thirds as broad as long. Hinder border of scales with coarse, long, acuminate pectinations, continued on the outer face of the principal scales as oblique wrinkles or elongated pits. Description of Specimens—TVhe only satisfactory specimen of this species hitherto discovered is the type (Pl. XX XIII, fig. 4). All other specimens are mere fragments. All the external bones of the head and opercular apparatus are conspicuously ornamented with coarse and closely arranged tubercles of enamel, which are some- times elongated as on the preoperculum (fig. 4d), and sometimes fuse into vermiculating ridges as on the mandible, gular plate (fig. 4 ¢) and operculum. This ornament obscures the sutures in the cranial roof, which seems to have been slightly hollowed by a median longitudinal depression. The post-orbital portion of the cranium (fig. 4) 1s much broader than long, and bears two pairs of pro- minences, which are situated just above and behind the eyes (p.’) and at the squa- mosal angles (p.”) respectively. These prominences are laterally compressed, ornamented with the usual tubercles of enamel, and inclmed backwards (fig. 4 a, p»' p“). The frontal region (fr.) scarcely tapers forwards, but terminates shortly in advance of the orbits in a truncated border, which is excavated on either side 156 FOSSIL FISHES OF THE ENGLISH CHALK. for sutural union with the nasal bones (ia.). In the fossil these elements are slightly displaced, but they are shown to be longer than broad, and they must have met originally in the middle line. Hach nasal bears a small rounded boss of enamel near its antero-external angle. The skull is completed in front by a short, broad and rounded bone, in which the two premaxille are fused probably with a small mesethmoid (fig. 4, pme.; fig. 4c). The cheek-plates are scarcely known, but among displaced fragments there seems to be an antorbital (fig. 4, ao.), which bears a rounded boss of enamel near its antero-inferior angle. The mandibular suspensorium must have been nearly vertical, and the gape of the mouth is as wide as in Amia. The imner bones are unknown; but one regular series of small conical teeth within the maxilla was probably borne by the ectopterygoid, while similar teeth in front belong either to the palatine or vomer. The fused premaxille (figs. 4, 4a, pmw.; fig. 4c), which are very coarsely ornamented, form a broad and bluntly rounded snout, with a single regular series of about twelve stout, conical teeth. The maxilla (figs. 4, 4, mv.) is stoutest and most coarsely ornamented in front, becoming a wide tuberculated lamina behind. The oral margin is nearly straight, very shehtly wavy in the middle (broken on the right side of the fossil, fig. 4), and bears a single series of conical teeth, which are smaller than those of the premaxilla and become minute behind. The mandibular rami are especially stout, and the peculiar shape of the ramus of the left side is shown from below and in outer view in fig. 44. The dentary bone (d.) forms nearly the whole of its outer face, on which the tubercular ornament is in many parts fused into vermiculating ridges. It bears a single regular series of conical teeth, which are much larger than those of the upper jaw and do not diminish in size backwards. Within the entire length of the dentary there is a single series of minute conical teeth (perhaps the front series of a cluster), which doubtless belong to a splenial element and extend behind up the slight coronoid elevation. All the teeth are hollow cones capped with a point of translucent enamel; and the large mandibular teeth exhibit a feeble vertical fluting in the apical half. They are directly fused with the supporting bone, not in sockets. The preoperculum (fig. 4, pop.), is narrow and gently arched, with the large lower limb blunter than the upper limb, and the angle marked only by a broad horizontal ridge. ‘The tubercles of its ornament are antero-posteriorly elongated (fig. 4d). The operculum (fig. 4, op.) must have been about as broad as deep, with its lower border straight and nearly horizontal, and its upper portion rapidly tapering by the truncation of its postero-superior angle. The ornament of its outer face is for the most part fused into a coarse reticulation. The sub- operculum (fig. 4, sop.) 1s very broad and not deep; the elongated tubercles of its ornament incline downwards and backwards, and cause its border to be pectinated. A fragment of the interoperculum shows that this element was also highly ornamented. There are remains of thirteen branchiostegal rays (fig. 4, br.), of Or NI NEORHOMBOLHEPIS. Jk which at least ten are supported by the arched ceratohyal (ch.). The uppermost rays are ornamented and pectinated like the suboperculum; and only the three lowest rays in the fossil (possibly broken by flaking) are destitute of tubercles. The gular plate (fig. 46, gu.) is relatively very large and broad, widest behind, truncated in front, and richly ornamented with tubercles which are often fused into vermiculating ridges (fig. 4). There are no traces of vertebrz in the type specimen; but two thin and broad vertebral rings, of loose and fibrous texture, occur with a group of scales and a fin-ray obtained by the Earl of Enniskillen from Lewes (B. M. no. P. 4263). The pectoral arch is scarcely known, but there seems to have been a single pair of ornamented supratemporals, and a bone which may be supraclavicle 1s pectinated at the hinder border. A large postclavicular plate (fig. 4, pel.) 1s comparatively smooth, the reticulated ridge-ornament being very feeble. The pectoral fin-rays, of which the bases of seven in series, with three or four others further back, are seen in fig. 46 (pet.), are stout, closely pressed together, and ornamented with elongated tubercles. The rays of the much smaller pelvic fins (plv.), which are far forwards, are similarly stout and highly ornamented, but their enamel-tubercles are fused into vermiculating ridges of mainly oblique direction. There are no traces of fulera on the paired fins. The median fins are unknown. The scales are rhombic and deeply overlapping (fig. 5), with a low and broad vertical ridge on the inner face and a very feeble peg-and-socket articulation (fig. 47). They are scarcely ever deeper than broad, and in most of them the upper and lower borders are sigmoidally curved. So far as known, they are most Iighly ornamented between the pectoral fins, where they are covered with elongated enamel-tubercles, which are more or less fused into a network and terminate behind in coarse pectinations at the posterior border. All the scales are serrated or pectinated bebind, but there is every gradation between the extreme ornamentation of the outer face just described and a smoothness which is only interrupted by pittimgs. An ordinary scale, with feeble oblique wrinkles in front and elongated pittings and pectinations behind, is shown in fig. 5. Horizons and Localities.-—Turonian zones: neighbourhood of Lewes and Alfriston, Sussex; near Maidstone, Kent. Genus NEORHOMBOLEPIS, A. 8S. Woodward. Neorhombolepis, A. S. Woodward, Proc. Geol. Assoc., vol. x, 1888, p. 304. Generic Characters.—Trank elongate-fusiform, more or Jess laterally com- pressed, and head relatively large. External head-bones and the opercular bones stout, more or less ornamented with tubercles and ruge of enamel, but no pro- 158 FOSSIL FISHES OF THE ENGLISH CHALK. minent bosses or outgrowths. Maxilla with a straight tooth-bearing border, and a long supramaxillary bone; teeth conical, in regular series, large and hollow on the margin of the jaw, not in sockets. Suboperculum at least half as large as the operculum, which is quadrangular but truncated at the postero-superior angle. Vertebral centra either ring-shaped or completely ossified. Paired fins without fulera, the pectorals with an especially stout preaxial ray. Scales rhombic and thick, with a wide overlapped border not produced at the angles, and the peg-and- socket articulation feeble or wanting; superficial ganoine nearly smooth; few principal flank-seales as deep as broad, the majority broader than deep, and those of numerous ventral series at least twice as broad as deep. Type Species.—Neorhombolepis excelsus, from the English Chalk. Remarks.—This genus differs from Lophiostomus in the less depressed and less shortened form of the head and trunk, and in the absence of bony prominences or bosses on the external bones. It is known only from the English Chalk and from the Wealden formation (Neorhombolepis vuldensis, A. 8. Woodward, Catal. Foss. Fishes B. M., pt. iii, 1895, p. 356, pl. viii, fig. 5). 1. Neorhombolepis excelsus, A. S. Woodward. Plate XXXIV, fig. 1. 1888. Neorhombolepis excelsus, A. S. Woodward, Proc. Geol. Assoc., vol. x, p. 304, pl. i, fig. 1. 1895. Neorhombolepis eacelsus, A. S. Woodward, Catal. Foss. Fishes B. M., pt. iii, p. 355, pl. viii, fig. 4. T'ype.—Imperfect head with abdominal region; British Museum. Specific Characters.—Vhe type species, with skull attaining a length of about 8 em. Cranial roof ornamented with closely-arranged elongated tubercles and short ruge of ganoine; cheek-plates, jaws, and opercular bones more sparsely ornamented. Marginal teeth smooth, tumid at base, slender, and slightly meurved at apex ; those of maxilla almost as large as those of dentary. Two anterior pectoral fin- rays closely ornamented. Scales small and smooth, those of the ventral half of the trunk very much elongated, often nearly three times as broad as deep; their hinder border either smooth or with from two to four large denticulations. Description of Spectmen.—TVhis species is still known only by the type specimen, which lacks the snout and the pelvic and paired fins. Its principal characters are shown in Pl. XXXIV, figs. 1—1 /f. The roof of the skull (figs. 1, 1 @) is very gently arched from side to side, and its postorbital region is two thirds as long as broad. Its interorbital region is comparatively narrow, and the orbits must have been large. When not flaked away, its constituent bones are shown to be ornamented with closely-arranged, coarse tubercles of ganoine, which are often fused into short vermiculating ridges. The squamosal element (sq.), impressed by the transverse slime-canal, is clearly distinguishable, forming each postero-external angle; and the parietals (pa.) NEORHOMBOLEPIS. 159 constitute the middle part of the hinder border, which is straight and exhibits a wide, smooth surface of overlap for the supratemporals. The large frontal bones (fr.) ave very wide behind, and are an unsymmetrical pair. As shown in hinder view (fig. 1d), the occiput above the foramen magnum (/f.m.) 1s completely ossified, but its constitution is uncertain. The basioccipital (boc.) is largely excavated for penetration by the persistent notochord; and the basicranial axis, as far as the front of the orbit, is shown to have been parallel with the cramial roof. The cheek-plates are scarcely known, but they appear to have been more sparsely ornamented with tubercles of ganoine. One postorbital (fig. 1, po.) 1s deeper than broad. The mandibular suspensorium is vertical or slightly melined forwards. The inner face of the laminar pterygoid arch is covered with a cluster of small tuber- cular teeth, which pass at the lower border into very stout conical teeth nearly as large as those on the marginal bones of the jaws. The maxilla (fig. 1, ma.) is a long and narrow lamina, marked on the outer face with irregular longitudinal rugee, and sparsely ornamented with elongated tubercles of ganoine. — Its hinder half is excavated above to accommodate the long and narrow supramaxilla (sma.), which is similarly ornamented and is pointed at each end. The oral margin of the bone is nearly straight, and bears a regular close series of slender conical teeth, which are slightly curved inwards at the apex. The mandible (fig. 1, md.; fig. 1b) is slender, but elevated in the coronoid region, where a large surangular (saq.) articulates with the bifurcated end of the dentary . e Except near the oral border, the outer face of the dentary bone is more closely ornamented than that of the maxilla, and many of its tubercles are fused into longitudinal ridges. Its closely set teeth resemble those of the maxilla, but are perhaps stouter. The splemal bone is unknown. All the teeth are smooth, hollow cones, more or less tumid at the base, and usually capped with a small point of translucent enamel. ‘They are directly fused with the supporting bone, not in sockets. The opercular apparatus is only imperfectly known, but the operculum (op.) and suboperculum (sop.), with broad branchiostegal rays below, are seen in a fragmentary state on the right side of the fossil (fig.1). The operculum is deeper than broad, while the suboperculum is relatively large; and there are indications that the outer face of these bones was sparsely ornamented like the cheek-plates. Part of the large gular plate clearly shows such ornament. It is difficult to interpret the remains of the vertebral column, which are seen only in section; but the centra (fig. 1 ¢) appear to have been thin broad rings of loose and fibrous texture. The pectoral arch is not seen in the type specimen, but appended to it are post-clavicular plates (fig. 1, pel.). These are arranged as they usually appear in the Hugnathide, and the two lower plates exhibit a conspicuous ornament of tubercles and ridges directed antero-posteriorly. The surface of the two upper 160 FOSSIL FISHES OF THE ENGLISH CHALK. plates seems to have been flaked away in the fossil. Twelve rays, with long unjointed bases and remains of closely articulated distal ends, are preserved in the pectoral fin (pet.). The foremost ray is especially stout, with its articular end projecting upwards above the others. This ray and the second bear traces of a tubercular ornament. Probably all the scales preserved belong to the lower half of the flank, but they are especially remarkable for their elongated shape. They are all rhombic in form, with a straight overlapped margin, and with the hinder border curiously variable, sometimes entire or produced only at the lower angle (fig. 1 f), some- times with from two to four denticulations (fig. 1 ¢). Their smooth enamelled surface is marked only by occasional fine pittings. Two or three scales exhibit a large median perforation for the passage of a slime-canal. Horizon and Locality.—Zone of Holaster subglobosus : Halling, Kent. 2. Neorhombolepis (?) punctatus, A. 8S. Woodward. Plate XXXIV, fig. 2. 1844. Lepidotus punctatus, lu. Agassiz, Poiss. Foss., vol. 11, pt. i, p. 306 (name only). 1844. Lepidotus punctulatus, L. Agassiz, tom. cit., pt. 1, p. 287 (name only). 1888. Genus non det., A. S. Woodward, Proc. Geol. Assoc., vol. x, p. 304, pl. 1, fig. 2. 1895. Neorhombolepis (?) punctatus, A. 8S. Woodward, Catal. Foss. Fishes B. M., pt. iii, p. 357 T'ype.—Scales from zone of Holaster subglobosus ; British Museum. Specific Characters.—Larger than N. eacelsus, the breadth of the exposed part of the largest known scale being 15 mm. External face of scales covered with smooth ganoine, marked with a few pittings in the posterior triangular area of which the centre is the apex ; hinder border not serrated or crenulated. Description of Specimens.—In the type specimen from Burham in the Ennis- killen Collection (B. M. no. P. 4705) no scale is deeper than broad, and the majority are much broader than deep. It is clear that the wide overlapped marein is straight, not produced forwards at its angles; and the very feeble peg-and-socket articulation is shown. The external enamel is fractured and not well preserved, though it exhibits the characteristic triangular area marked by pittings. This feature is still better seen in some well-preserved scales (Pl. XXXIV, figs. 2, 2) discovered by Mr. 8. J. Hawkins also at Burham. The form of their overlapped margin shows that these scales do not belong to a species of Lepidotus; but their reference to Neorhombolepis is only provisional. Horizon and Localities—Zone of Holaster subglobosus: Burham, Kent ; Dorking, Surrey ; Louth, Lincolnshire (Rev. C. R. Bower). —— LEPIDOTUS. 16] Lamily SeMionoripe. It is doubtful whether Lepidotus or allied genera survived into the Upper Cretaceous, but some scales from the Chalk Marl appear to represent one of these fishes. Genus LEPIDOTUS, Agassiz. Lepidotus, L. Agassiz, Neues Jahrb., 1832, p. 145 (Lepidotes), and Poiss. Foss., vol. ii, pt. i, 1833, pp. 8, 238. Generic Characters.—Trunk fusiform and only moderately compressed. Marginal teeth robust, styliform; inner teeth stouter, often rounded but smooth. Opercular apparatus well developed, with a narrow arched preoperculum, but with few branchiostegal rays and no gular plate. Fin-fulcra very large, in a double series on all the fins. Paired fins small; dorsal and anal fins short and deep, the former opposed to the space between the latter and the pelvic fins; caudal fin sheghtly forked. Scales very thick, smooth or feebly ornamented ; flank-scales not much deeper than broad, with their wide overlapped margin produced forwards at the superior and inferior angles; scales of the ventral aspect not much broader than deep; dorsal and ventral ridge-scales usually inconspicuous. 1. Lepidotus (2) pustulatus, A. S. Woodward. Plate XXXYV, figs. 1—4. 1895. Lepidotus (?) pustulatus, A. S. Woodward, Catal. Foss. Fishes B. M., pt. ii, p. 121, pl. viii, fig. 1. Type-—Group of scales ; British Museum. Specific Characters.—A large species known only by scales, which sometimes measure 35 mm. in length in their exposed portion. Scales moderately stout, with a thin and sometimes discontinuous layer of enamel, marked by irregularly arranged, large, round shallow pits and pustules; principal flank-scales exhibiting a few broad ridges and furrows radiating from the centre to the hinder border, where they form feeble digitations ; several scales much broader than deep. Description of Specimens.—The scales generally resemble those of some of the large Upper Jurassic species of Lepidotus, but are characterised by their peculiar, sparse pustulation. The enamel on their outer face is always extremely thin, except round the margin; their peg-and-socket articulation is very feeble, and their inner face is at most only gently tumid, not ridged. Their overlapped border is very wide, and sometimes shows its forward production at the angles (Pl. XXXYV, D))| pas 162 FOSSIL FISHES OF THE ENGLISH CHALK. fies. 1, 2). The principal flank-scales are not deeper than broad, and the number of the radiating grooves with which they are marked does not exceed eight or nine (fig. 3). The ventral scales are sometimes more than twice as broad as deep, and their outline is more or less sigmoidal. The number of the radiating erooves 1s comparatively few. On some scales these grooves are almost obsolete, and there is instead a slight keel extending obhquely upwards and forwards from the postero-inferior angle (fig. 4). One large and flattened median scale, probably from the anal region, is marked behind by four short radiating grooves (see Catal. Foss. Fishes B. M., pl. vin, fig. 1 4). A piece of external bone, apparently found associated with the type specimen, is marked with coarse, radiating ridges, on which small tubercles or pustulations are irregularly arranged. It is not enamelled. Horizon and Locality—Zone of Schloenbachia varians : Folkestone, Kent. Family PYcNopontips&. Most of the remains of Pycnodont fishes hitherto obtained from the English Chalk are so fragmentary that they cannot be generically determined. The only important specimens are those of Anomeodus. Genus ANOMCODUS, Forir. Anomeodus, H. Forir, Ann. Soc. Géol. Belgique, vol. xiv, 1887, Mém., p. 25. Generic Characters.—Head-bones ornamented with reticulating ruge. Oral surface of vomer nearly flat, with teeth of irregular sizes in from three to five longitudinal series; splenial dentition restricted to a space considerably separated throughout its extent from the thin oral border of the bone, comprising one principal series of teeth, flanked within by at least one small series and outside by two or more small series; all the principal teeth smooth or with a very feeble linear indent. Scales restricted to part of the abdominal region; all ornamented with reticulating ruge. Type Speciee—Anomeodus subclavatus (Pycnodus subclavatus, L. Agassiz, Poiss. Foss., vol. 11, 1833-44, pt. i, p. 17; pt. ii, p. 198, pl. lxxiia, fig. 59), from the Upper Cretaceous (Danian) of Maastricht, Holland. Remarks.—The Pycnodontide attained their chief development in the Jurassic period, and the Upper Cretaceous Anomeodus must be regarded as a degenerate member of the family. The teeth differ from those of other genera in not extending to the outer border of the splenial bone, and they are very irregular in their arrangement. The scales in the only species in which they are known ANOMCODUS. 163 are absent on the tail and do not appear to have covered the whole of the abdominal region. 1. Anomeodus angustus (Agassiz). Plate XXXIV, figs. 3, 4. 1837-44. Gyrodus angustus, L. Agassiz, Poiss. Foss., vol. ii, pt. 11, pp. 235, 246, pl. Ixvia, figs. 14, 15. 1839-44. Pycnodus cretaceus, L. Agassiz, ibid., p. 198, pl. lxxiia, fig. 60. 1833-44. Pycnodus angustus, L. Agassiz, ibid., pt. i, p. 17, pt. li, p. 199 (name only). 1844. Pycnodus elongatus, L. Agassiz, ibid., p. 199 (name only). 1850. Gyrodus angustus, F. Dixon, Geol. Sussex, p. 370, pl. xxx, fig. 14, pl. xxxiu, fig. 1. 1888. Celodus angustus, A. S. Woodward, Proc. Geol. Assoc., vol. x, p. 307. 1888. Celodus cretaceus, A. 8. Woodward, ibid., p. 308. 1895. Anomeodus angustus, A. S. Woodward, Catal. Foss. Fishes B. M., pt. 111, p. 260. Type.—Splenial teeth from a Turonian zone at Houghton, Sussex; British Museum. Specific Characters.—Veeth of the principal series on the splenial bone very obliquely set, truncated at their outer extremity, rapidly tapering to a blunt point at the imner extremity, and when young and unworn marked with a shght transverse coronal furrow; imner teeth in two irregular series, those of the first elongated, those of the innermost much smaller and round, both deeply pitted and with crenulated margin; teeth of the flanking series in about three or four very irregular rows, all deeply pitted and with crenulated margin, the innermost transversely elongated and much larger than any of the others, which are rounded. Scales marked with coarse reticulations; serrations of the ventral ridge-scales conspicuous, long and slender. Description of Specimens.—The type specimen is a row of principal splenial teeth, sufficiently resembling the corresponding teeth in part of a fish figured by Dixon, op. cit., to permit the reference of the latter specimen to the same species. Several of the most important characters of the species are therefore known. ‘The fossil figured by Dixon is in two pieces, the one showing a series of neural arches with the upper ends of the ribs, the other partly re-drawn in Pl. XXXIV, fig. 3, displaying the lower half of the greater portion of the fish with both splenial bones and a fragment of the skull. The usual bony laminz on the neural and hemal (h.) arches are large, extending from one arch to the next but not interdigitating. There are traces of them even on the ribs. The bases of the neural and hemal arches do not completely surround the notochord, and there is no interlocking. About twenty-five supports for the anal fin (a.) are seen, but no other traces of fins are preserved. The scales are coarsely reticulated like the scales of a crocodile, and cover the lower part of the abdominal region in front of the anal fin. The ventral ridge-scales (v.) are at least as wide as deep, and armed with a close series of backwardly turned sharp spinelets, which 164. FOSSIL FISHES OF THE ENGLISH CHALK. form a conspicuous serration. The scales of the next row are much deeper than wide, with the upper end rounded or truncated. Above these the scales are doubled in depth, and rapidly taper to a blunt point at the upper end. Next there is a row of still more deepened scales, which are remarkably slender and tapering in their upper two thirds, and appear to terminate the squamation of the flank. The vomer is unknown, but both the splenials are exhibited in Dixon’s fossil, and that of the right side is shown in Pl. XXXIV, fig. 5a. In Dixon’s original figure the bones are somewhat diagrammatically restored, and two oval vacuities are wrongly represented in the outer toothless margin. This margin forms a thin, smooth lamina with a very sharp edge, without any vacuity. In the front third of the bone all the teeth are small and rounded, each with an apical pit; but behind these the characteristic row of principal teeth is seen in regular order. In the left splemial, the two posterior principal teeth are less elongated than the others and irregular in shape. In a larger specimen from Houghton figured by Dixon (op. cit., pl. xxx, fig. 14), the principal teeth are in a remark- ably regular series and approach the fragment of splenial dentition named Pycnodus eretaceus by Agassiz. There is, in fact, every gradation between the typical A. angustus and the latter form. A very small left splenial dentition from the Grey Chalk of Folkestone (Pl. XXXIV, fig. 4) is also probably referable to the young of this species. It shows very well the beginning of the row of principal teeth, each with a very shallow apical hollow; it also exhibits a crimping of the margin of the pitted crown in the smaller teeth (fig. 41). Horizons and Localities.—Turonian zones: neighbourhood of Lewes, Newtimber, and Houghton, Sussex. Zone of Micraster coranguinum; Northfleet, Kent ; South Croydon, Surrey. Zone of Micraster cortestudinarium: Purley, Surrey ; Borstal, Kent. Zone of Schloenbachia varians : Folkestone. 2. Anomeodus willetti, A. S. Woodward. Plate XXXIV, fig. 5. 1893. Anomeodus willetti, A. S. Woodward, Geol. Mag. [3], vol. x, p. 489, pl. xvii, fig. 1. 1895. Anomeodus willetti, A. S. Woodward, Catal. Foss. Fishes B. M., pt. iii, p. 263. T'ype.—Imperfect skull with dentition, from the zone of Holaster subglobosus ; Brighton Museum. Specific Characters.—A small species, with teeth very irregularly arranged. Teeth of the principal series on the splenial bone obliquely set, very irregular in size and shape, wide mesially, tapering at each extremity, and not much broader than long; inner teeth relatively large, in one series, usually broader than long, with axis oblique; outer teeth in about three very irregular series, mostly smaller than the teeth of the inner series. Vomerine dentition anteriorly in three series, posteriorly in five, but extremely irregular; the largest teeth much antero- CaGiLODUS. 165 posteriorly elongated and comprised in the outermost series. Nearly all the teeth indented, the smaller ones having the pit especially conspicuous and surrounded with a crenulated margin. Description of Specimen.—This species 1s still known only by the type specimen, which is important as exhibiting some features in the cranial osteology of the fish. The skull is much elongated, and the snout must have been acutely pointed. The mesethmoid forms a stout median septum in the rostral region, and unites in an extended suture with the vomer below. At the hinder end of the vomer, a short distance beyond its dentition, the pterygo-quadrate palatine arcade is shown as i continuous, inwardly curved thin plate of bone fused with the base of the skull, perhaps with the edge of the parasphenoid. It is toothless. A thin median keel extends along the lower face of the parasphenoid. The structure of the mandible (Pl. XXXIV, fig. 5) is not clear, but its articular element exhibits a very deep undulating facette (art.), and on the splenial (spl.) the teeth are restricted to a surface considerably within the external margin of the bone. The vomerine teeth (fig. 5a), as mentioned in the specific diagnosis, are remarkably irregular in size and arrangement. They appear to begin as three longitudinal series, but these soon become indefinite; and it is curious that the largest teeth are not in the middle, but in the marginal row. ‘The _ splenial dentition (fig. 5) is noteworthy for the very shght differentiation of a principal series of teeth. Horizon and Locality —Zone of Holaster subglobosus: Glynde, Sussex. Genus COHLODUS, Heckel. Celodus, J. J. Heckel, Denkschr. k. Akad. Wiss., math.-naturw. Cl., vol. xi, 1856, p. 202. Glossodus, O. G. Costa (non M‘Coy, 1848), Atti Accad, Pontan., vol. vii, 1853, p. 26. Cosmodus, H. E. Sauvage, Bull. Soe. Sci. Nat. Yonne, vol. xxxiu, pt. 1, 1879, p. 48. Generic Oharacters—Trunk very deeply fusiform, with slender abbreviated caudal pedicle. Head and opercular bones externally rugose and punctate ; most of the teeth exhibiting an apical indent with crenulated border; oral surface of vomer strongly convex from side to side, with teeth in five longitudinal series ; splenial dentition comprising three series of teeth with long axes directly trans- verse, sometimes supplemented within by a small row, and all the outer teeth showing frequent tendency to irregular subdivision. Neural and hemal arches of axial skeleton of trunk not expanding sufficiently to encircle the notochord. Fin-rays robust, closely articulated, and much divided distally. Pelvic fins present ; dorsal and anal fins high and acuminate in front, low and fringe-like behind, the former occupying at least the hinder half of the back and the latter somewhat shorter, arising more posteriorly; caudal fin deeply forked, with a convexity in 166 FOSSIL FISHES OF THE ENGLISH CHALK. the middle. Scales ornamented with reticulating ruge and punctations, and occupying only the anterior half of the trunk in advance of the median fins. Type Species.—Celodus saturnus (Heckel, loc. cit., 1856, p. 207, pls. in, iv), known by anearly complete fish from the Lower Cretaceous of Goriansk, Istria. Remarks.—Though found sometimes also in the Upper Jurassic, this is a typically Cretaceous genus. Many nearly complete skeletons are known,’ but only jaws have hitherto been discovered in the English Chalk. 1. Coelodus parallelus (Dixon). Text-figure 46. 1850. Pycnodus parallelus, F. Dixon, Geol. Sussex, p. 369, pl. xxxiii, fig. 3. 1888. Ccelodus parallelus, A. S. Woodward, Proc. Geol. Assoc., vol. x, p. 308. Type.—Imperfect splenial dentition ; Brighton Museum. Specific Characters—A large species known only by the splenial dentition. Teeth of principal series on the splenial bone smooth, somewhat more than three we. = — ——— Fia. 46. Celodus parallelus (Dixon); right splenial Fie. 47. Celodus fimbriatus, A. S. Woodward; right dentition, nat. size—Chalk: Southeram, Lewes. splenial dentition, nat. size.—Zone of Holaster sub- After Dixon. globosus ; Halling, Kent. Wetherell Collection (B. M. no. 43090). times as broad as;long; those of the inner flanking series considerably more than half as broad as the latter. Horizon and Locality. —A Turonian zone: Southeram, near Lewes. 2. Celodus fimbriatus, A. S. Woodward. ‘Text-figure 47. 1893. Celodus fimbriatus, A. S. Woodward, Geol. Mag. [3], vol. x, p. 491, pl. xvii, fig.26. Type.—Right splenial dentition ; British Museum. ! Tn addition to the references given in Catal. Foss. Fishes B. M., pt. ii, see also C. Gorganovic- Kramberger, Djela Jugoslav. Acad., vol. xvi, 1895, p. 19. PYCNODONT TEETH OF UNCERTAIN GHNERIC POSITION. 167 Specific Characters.—A large species known only by the splenial dentition. Teeth of principal series on the splenial bone smooth or feebly crimped round the margin, somewhat less than three times as broad as long, about equalling in width the two outer series, which are nearly similar in size, irregular in form, slightly broader than long, and having a deep coronal pit with rugose or crimped margin. Horizon and Locality.—Zone of Holaster subglobosus : Halling, Kent. Pycnopont TrrerH or UNcEertTAIN Generic Poston. 1. Gyrodus (2) cretaceus, Agassiz. Plate XXXV, figs. 5—7. 1833-39. Spherodus mammillaris, L. Agassiz, Poiss. Foss., vol. i, pt. i, p. 15 (in part), pl. Ixxin, figs. 1, 2. 1839-44. Gyrodus cretaceus, L. Agassiz, ibid , vol. ii, pt. 11, p. 253, pl. lxixa, fig. 13. 1840. Gyrodus cretaceus, R. Owen, Odontography, p. 72. 1844. Gyrodus mammillaris, L. Agassiz, op. cit., vol. 1, pt. 11. p. 236. 1844. Pycnodus marginalis, L. Agassiz, op. cit., vol. 11, pt. u, p. 199. 1850. Gyrodus cretaceus, F. Dixon, Geol. Sussex, p. 370, pl. xxx, fig. 15. 1850. Gyrodus conicus, F. Dixon, ibid., p. 370, pl. xxxii, fig. 8. 1888. Gyrodus cretaceus, A.S. Woodward, Proc. Geol. Assoc., vol. x, p. 308. 1895. Gyrodus (2) cretaceus, A. S. Woodward, Catal. Foss. Fishes B. M., pt. 1, p. 245. T'ype.—Portion of vomerine dentition. Specific Characters—Dental crowns much elevated, obtusely acuminate, and coarsely rugose; those of the median and outer paired series on the vomer usually longer than broad, about equal in size; teeth of inner paired series on this bone relatively small and multiphed in the adult. Description of Specimens.—The type specimen, said to have been in the Mantell Collection, cannot be found; and the portion of splenial dentition named Gyrodus conicus by Dixon is not traceable. The isolated teeth named Spherodus mammillaris and Pycnodus marginalis have also been lost. Good examples of the vomerine dentition, however, are known, and there is one fragment apparently of the splemial dentition. The best specimen of vomerine teeth, already figured by Dixon, is shown again in Pl. XXXV, fig. 5. All the teeth are more or less conical and rugose, often with a flattened rim or cingulum; and some of the smaller teeth are mammuilliform, their median boss being rounded and sharply defined. When they are worn their internal cavity is soon exposed at the apex, and the abraded surface of the dentine is coarsely punctate. Their arrangement is remarkably irregular, and the inner paired series is represented on each side by more than one row of teeth. The teeth of the median series are not larger than those of 168 FOSSIL FISHES OF THE ENGLISH CHALK. the outer paired series; they are usually a little longer than wide, and in the specimen figured they are reduced in size behind. The teeth of the outer paired series are steepest at the external face, and descend to a wide cingulum within. This cingulum is especially wide in a smaller (younger) specimen of the vomerine dentition from Guildford (B. M. no. 49802), and the outer lateral teeth are slightly larger than the median teeth. A still smaller specimen (Pl. XXXV, fig. 7), probably of the same species, shows only the three principal rows of teeth, with the beginning of an inner paired series of small teeth behind. Here the teeth exhibit a coarsely punctate surface, as if their external layer had been removed. In a supposed fragment of the splenial dentition of the same species (Pl. XXXV, fig. 6), the apex of each tooth in the principal series projects forward and is continued behind into a short keel. There are a few relatively small mammilliform teeth on each side. Remarks.—Some oval Gyrodus-like teeth figured by Dixon (op. cit., pl. xxxu,* fig. 6) seem to resemble very closely those just described, but their ornament is represented as consisting of radiating lines of ill-defined tubercles. They are named Gyrodus divoni by W. A. Ooster, Protozoe Helvetica, vol. 11, 1870, p. 46. Horizons and Localities—Turonian zones: neighbourhood of Lewes. Zone of Terebratulina gracilis: Warlingham, Surrey. Also Chalk near Guildford. 2. Pyenodus scrobiculatus, Reuss. 1845. Pycnodus scrobiculatus, A. E. Reuss, Verstein. bohm. Kreideform., pt. i, p. 10, pl. iv, figs. 15—25. 1875. Pyenodus scrobiculatus, H. B. Geinitz, Paleontogr., vol. xx, pt. 1, p. 301, pl. lxv, figs. 22—32. 1893. Pycnodus scrobiculatus, A. 8. Woodward, Geol. Mag. [3], vol. x, p. 492, pl. xvii, fig. 2. 1895. Pyenodus scrobiculatus, A. S. Woodward, Catal. Foss. Fishes B. M., pt. iii, p. 281. T'ype.—Teeth from the Cenomanian of Bohemia. Specific Chavacters.—Teeth tumid and much resembling those named Giyrodus (2) cretaceus, Closely arranged in three longitudinal series on a narrow vomer. Median and lateral vomerine teeth about equal in size, the former with a shallow pit at the apex, the latter truncated at their outer border. Description of Specimens.—The examples of this species are always very small, and may belong to an immature fish. The specimen described and figured loc. cit. 1893 exhibits well the shallow pit in the median teeth. All the teeth are longer than wide. Horizon and Locality.—Probably zone of Holaster subglobosus : Charing, Kent. 3. Phacodus punctatus, Dixon. Plate XXXIV, figs. 7, 8. 1850. Phacodus punctatus, F. Dixon, Geol. Sussex, Po orl, pl. xxx, te. 16: PYCNODONT THETH OF UNCERTAIN GENERIC POSITION. 169 Worn teeth; British Museum. Specific Characters. — Principal teeth ovoid, with gently rounded smooth T'ype. crown; lateral teeth irregularly rounded, also with low, smooth crown. Description of Specimens—The type specimen (Pl. XXXIV, fig. 7) comprises six teeth probably of the splenial dentition, all much abraded or worn and showing a punctate surface. The teeth of the principal series are scarcely twice as wide as long, while the three lateral teeth are very irregular. It seems probable that the vomerine dentition shown in Pl. XXXIV, fig. 8, belongs to the same species, although it does not clearly show the punctate structure where the teeth are worn. The median teeth are much less than twice as wide as long, and they are flanked by only one paired series, which is considerably destroyed by wear in the fossil. The large pulp-cavity is conspicuous in many of the teeth. A smaller vomerme dentition in the Capron Collection (B. M. no. 49803) is very similar in general character, but has the teeth more crowded. Horizons and Localities.— Probably a Turomian zone: Lewes. Chalk: Graves- end, Kent; Dorking, Surrey. 4. Acrotemnus faba, Agassiz. Plate XXXIV, fig. 6. 1837-44. Acrotemnus faba, L. Agassiz, Poiss. Foss., vol. ii, pt. 11, p. 203, pl. Ixvia, figs. 16—18. 1887. Celodus faba, K. A. von Zittel, Handb. Paleont., vol. 1, p. 249. Teeth; British Museum. Specific Characters — Principal teeth smooth and bean-shaped, each with a Type. sharp keel-like coronal summit overhanging a sheght imdent which has a feebly crimped inferior margin. Description of Specimen.—Vhe type is still the only known specimen, and comprises five teeth, all similar to that shown from the oral and posterior aspect in Pl. XXXIV, figs. 6, 6a. These teeth probably belong to the splenial bone. They are noteworthy for their smooth surface of dense enamel. Horizon and Locality. —Chalk : Lewes. Prehensile front teeth of Pyenodonts are also found in the Chalk, and one such specimen is shown in Pl. XXXV, fig. 8. They are shghtly hooked, laterally compressed, and somewhat constricted at the base of the crown, which is often crunped. Among the fragments of Pycnodonts which are generically indeterminable, may also be mentioned the so-called Microdon occipitalis (Dixon, Geol. Sussex, 1850, p. 369, pl. xxxii,* fig. 2). It is part of a small fish from the Chalk of Malling, near Lewes, in the Brighton Museum (Willett Collection, no. 104). 22 170 FOSSIL FISHES OF THE ENGLISH CHALK. Suborder CHONDROSTET. Family PoLvopontipa. Genus PHOLIDURUS, A. 8S. Woodward. Pholidurus, A. 8. Woodward, Proc. Geol. Assoc., vol. x1, 1889, p. 31. Generic Characters.—Not satisfactorily known. Caudal fuleral scales much resembling those of Psephurus, but broader and flatter, less pomted, and evidently indicating a stout, depressed fish. Caudal fin-rays coated with ganoine. 1. Pholidurus disjectus, A. 8. Woodward. Text-figure 48. 1889. Pholidurus disjectus, A. S. Woodward, loc. cit., p. 31, pl. i, figs. 4, 5. 1895. Pholidurus disjectus, A. S. Woodward, Catal. Foss. Fishes B. M., pt. ii, p. 47. Type.—Fragment of tail; British Museum. Specific Characters.—The type species. Caudal fuleral scales very flat, with rounded and obtuse apex; their exposed surface ornamented with thick ganoine in irregular dots and short wavy lines, more or less clustered, especially near the margin. Caudal fin-rays very stout, the superficial ganoine thick and rugose, not always completely covering the exposed faces of the successive joints. Description of Specimen.—The type specimen is still the only known fragment Fra. 48. Pholidwrus disjectus, A. 8. Woodward; caudal fulcral scale (a) and base of some caudal fin-rays (B), nat. size—Chalk; Gravesend. (B. M. nos. 33221-24.) of this species, and comprises merely a few fuleral scales and portions of the stout rays of a caudal fin. One of the fulcral scales is shown of the natural size in Text- MACROPOMA. Aa fig. 484, the bifurcated inserted portion being restored in outline from another example. aa T's a, “ ¢ ‘ PRINTED BY ADLARD AND SON, LONDON AND DORKING. PHARUS. 27 Family—SOLENIDA, Lamarck. Genus—Puarvus, Leach in J. H. Gray, 1847. (‘Synops. Brit. Mus.,’ ed. 42, 1840, p. 154; ‘Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,’ vol. xx, 1847, p. 272; and ‘ Proc. Zool. Soc.,’ 1847, p. 189.) Puarus Warsurtont (Forbes), 1845. Plate XXXV, figs. 1—3. 1845. Sonecurtus Warsurtoni, HL. Forbes. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe., vol. 1, p. 287, pl. ui, fig. 1. 1850. — — A. @Orbigny. Prodr. de Pal., vol. ii, p. 117. 1854. — — J. Morris. Cat. Brit. Foss., ed. 2, p. 224. 1864. — = F. J. Pictet and G. Campiche. Foss. Terr. Crét. Ste. Croix (Mater. Pal. Suisse, ser. 4), p. 30. 1879. — — F. Stoliczka. Paleeont. Indica, Cret. Fauna S. India, vol. 111, p. 99. Description.—Shell elongate-oblong, compressed, shghtly inequilateral, gaping at the ends, the posterior higher than the anterior part. Dorsal margin almost straight. Ventral margin slightly flexuous, and slightly oblique to the dorsal margin. Anterior margin rounded. Posterior margin slightly truncate, rounded. Umbones small, inconspicuous, sub-median. Ornamentation consists of growth-rings, and on the anterior part of the shell, of numerous, very small, rather irregular, radial ribs. Measurements : (1) (2) (3) (4) Length . 67 6055": 59 : 44. mm. Height . 17 ; 16 2 15 : 2: (1—4) Crackers, Atherfield. Affinities —This species, as was pointed out by Stoliczka, closely resembles in form living examples of the genus Pharus ; but the hinge appears to be unknown, for although the species is well represented in collections, and the specimens are in an excellent state of preservation, none of them shows the interior of the shell. A single valve resembling P. Warburtoni, but relatively higher, has been described by Dr. Kitchin! from the Uitenhage Series. Dr. Harbort? states that his Solecurtus longovatus is similar to our species, but is relatively higher and shorter. 1 «Ann, 8. African Mus.,’ vol. vii (1908), p. 155, fig. 1. 2 «Die Fauna d. Schaumburg-Lippe’schen Kreidemulde’ (1905), p. 71, pl. viii, fig. 6. An imperfect internal cast found in the Upper Greensand of Devizes shows some resemblance to this species. IQ ade 218 CRETACEOUS LAMELLIBRANCHIA. T'ype.—From Atherfield, in the Museum of the Geological Society. Distribution.—Lower Greensand (Crackers) of Atherfield, Atherfield Beds of Kast Shalford and Sevenoaks. Sandgate Beds of Parham Park. Genus—Sorecurtus, I. M. D. de Blainville, 1824. (‘ Dict. Sei. nat:,’ vol. xxxai, p. 351.) Sub-genus—Azor, W. H. Leach, 1847. (In Gray, ‘ Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,’ vol. xx, p. 272; and ‘ Proc. Zool. Soc.,’ 1847, p. 189.) Sorzcurtus (Azor?) Petact, d’ Orbigny, 1850. Plate XXXYV, fig. 4. 1850. Sonecurtus Pexaat, A. d’Orbigny. Prodr. de Pal., vol. 11, p. 158. 1867. — — E. Guéranger. Album Paléont. de la Sarthe, p. 12, pl. xv, fig. 6. 1870. — — F. Stoliczka. Paleont. Indica, Cret. Fauna 8. India, vol. ii, p. 99. Description.—Shell elongate, considerably inequilateral, moderately convex, but shghtly concave at the middle of the sides. Postero-dorsal area flattened or shghtly concave, limited by an indistinct carina. Antero-dorsal margin curved; anterior margin rounded; postero-dorsal margin straight, nearly parallel to the ventral margin; posterior margin curved, slightly oblique. Ornamentation consists of small concentric ribs near the umbo, and of growth-rings elsewhere. Length 30: mm.; height 12 mm. Affinities —The identification of the English specimens with d’Orbigny’s species is not quite free from doubt, since only two valves, both somewhat imperfect, have yet been seen. In the specimen figured by Guéranger the postero-dorsal area seems relatively higher than in our specimens; also the postero-dorsal margin is less nearly straight, but this difference may be due to imperfect preservation. S. Pelagi seems to be closely allied to S. Guerangeri, dOrbigny,’ but the carina is less distinct, and the postero-ventral angle appears to be more rounded. Until specimens showing the hinge satisfactorily have been found, the generic position of this species must be regarded as doubtful. Type.—From the Cenomanian of Le Mans. Distribution.—Upper Greensand (zone of Schlanbachia rostrata) of Blackdown. 1 «Pal. Frang. Terr. Crét.,’ vol. iii (1845), p. 321, pl. eccli, figs. 1, 2. Gudranger, ‘ Album Paléont. de la Sarthe’ (1867), p. 12, pl. xv, fig. 4. An internal cast of a left valve from the Upper Greensand of Warminster resembles S. Guerangeri. LEPTOSOLEN. 219 Sotecurtus ? (Azor?) Acrnon, d’Orbigny, 1850. Plate XXXV, figs. 5, 6. 1850. Sorecurtus Acrgon, A. d’Orbigny. Prodr. de Pal., vol. ii, p. 158. 1867. _- — HE. Guéranger. Album Paléont. de la Sarthe, p. 12, pl. xv, figs. 15 2: 1870. — — F-. Stoliczha. Paleont. Indica, Cret. Fauna S. India, vol. iii, p. 99. Description.—Shell somewhat oblong, moderately imequilateral, moderately convex, with flattened sides and flattened postero-dorsal area. Anterior margin rounded ; postero-dorsal margin nearly straight, slopimg ventrally from the umbo ; posterior margin slightly convex, somewhat oblique ; ventral margin nearly parallel to the dorsal margin and forming a rounded angle with the posterior margin. Umbones broad, inconspicuous. Ornamentation consists of strong, regular, con- centric ribs, separated by furrows of greater breadth. Measurements (approximate) : (1) (2) Length : ; 46 20 mm. Height : 24. ; Oe, (1) Haldon, (2) Dunscombe. Affinities—Only two specimens have been seen; they resemble closely Guéranger’s figures of S. Acteon. The hinge is unknown, so that the generic position cannot be determined at present. Type.—From the Cenomanian of Le Mans. Distribution.—Upper Greensand (zone of Schlanbachia rostrata) of Haldon. Cenomanian (Meyer's Bed 10) of Dunscombe, South Devon. Genus—LeEprosorEn, 7’. A. Conrad, 1867. (‘ Amer. Journ. Conch.,’ vol. iii, pp. 15, 188; F. B. Meek, ‘Invert. Cret. and Tert. Foss. U. Missouri,’ 1876, p. 252.) Leprosonen Dupintanus (d’Orlbigny), 1845. Plate XXXV, figs. 7, 8. 1845. Soren Durrnianus, A. d’Orbigny. Pal. Franc. Terr. Crét., vol. ii, p. 320, pl. ecel, figs. 3, 4. 1850. — — A. d’Orbigny. Prodr. de Pal., vol. 11, p. 135. 1 An internal cast from the Cenomanian (Bed 11) of Dunscombe, South Devon, resembles Solecurtus equalis, V Orbigny, but is not sufficiently well-preserved for identification. S. wqualis has been referred doubtfully to the genus Pharella by Stoliczka and by Meek, whilst de Loriol regards it as belonging to Siliquaria (= Tagalus). See d’Orbigny, ‘ Pal. Franc. Terr. Crét.,’ vol. ii (1845), p- 321, pl. eccl, figs. 5—7, and ‘Prodr. de Pal.,’ vol. ii (1850), p. 158; Guéranger, ‘ Album Paléont. de la Sarthe’ (1867), p. 12, pl. xv, fig. 3. 220 CRETACEOUS LAMELLIBRANCHIA. 1864. Sorten pupinianus, F’. J. Pictet and G. Campiche. Terr. Crét. Ste. Croix (Matér. Pal. Suisse, ser. 4), p. 29. 1897. ~ — R. B. Newton. Proc. Dorset Nat. Hist. and Antiq. Field Club, vol. xviii, p. 93. Description.—Shell elongate, more or less oblong, shghtly convex, compressed near the antero-dorsal margin, considerably inequilateral. Dorsal margin nearly straight. Anterior end rounded, not so high as the posterior part of the shell. Ventral margin nearly straight and nearly parallel to the dorsal margin, curving upwards anteriorly. Posterior margin convex, forming a rounded angle with the ventral margin. Umbones small, inconspicuous, situated at less than a third of the length of the shell from the anterior margin. Ornamentation consists of small concentric ridges; in some cases the ridges cut the posterior part of the ventral margin obliquely. A strong internal rib extends from the umbo ventrally, but does not reach the ventral margin. Measurements : (1) (2 (3) Length : : oi ; 29 ; 26 min. Height : , 10 ; 10 ; Orr. (1—3) Gault, Black Ven. Affinities—The occurrence of this species in the Gault of England has been recorded by De Rance and R. B. Newton—by the former from Black Ven, and by the latter from Okeford Fitzpaine. Although the example figured by d’Orbigny is imperfect, consisting of the posterior part of a left valve only, yet the English specimens agree sufficiently closely with d’Orbigny’s figure to make it probable that they have been correctly identified with L. Dupinianus. In most of the English examples, however, the posterior margin is more convex and the postero- dorsal angle more rounded than in d’Orbigny’s figure; but im a few specimens, which have been slightly crushed, these differences are not noticeable. The species which resemble L. Dupinianus are L. concentristriatus (Miller'), LL. Petersi (Reuss*), L. truncatula (Reuss*), L. Moreana (VOrbigny*) and L. limata (Stoliczka’). From the Albian of Ervy (Aube). Distribution.—Lower Gault of Black Ven and Okeford Fitzpaime. Upper Green- sand of Devizes. Recorded by Jukes-Browne from the Gault of the Isle of Wight. Type. 1 «Jahrb. d. k. preussisch. geol. Landesanst. fiir 1887’ (1888), p. 431, pl. xvi, fig. 5. * “Kreideschicht. i. d. Ostalpen’ (1854), p. 145, pl. xxviii, fig. 10. Zittel, ‘Die Bivalv. d. Gosaugeb.,’ I (1865), p. 5 [109], pl. i, fig. 3. 3 «Die Verstein. der bohm. Kreideformat.,’ pt. 2 (1846), p. 17, pl. xxxvi, figs. 18, 16, 17. 4 «Pal. Franc. Terr. Crét.,’ vol. iii (1845), p. 324, pl. cccl, figs. 8—10. This species has been recorded by Barrois from the Upper Greensand of Lulworth and Devizes; I have not seen any examples from those localities. > *Paleont. Indica, Cret. Fauna S. India’ (1870), p. 101, pl. i, figs. 12, 13. PANOPEA. 221 Family—SAXICAVIDA, Gray. Genus—Panorea, Ménard de la Groye, 1807. (‘ Ann. Mus. Hist. nat., Paris,’ vol. ix, p. 131, pl. xii.) Panopga, sp. Text-fig. 27. Internal casts of a large, convex Panopea occur in the Tealby Limestone of Fie. 27.—Panopea, sp. Tealby Limestone, North Willingham, Lincolnshire. Sedgwick Museum, Cambridge. x 2. Hainton, Claxby, and North Willingham, Lincolnshire. In form they resemble some varieties of P. gurgitis, but the posterior part of the shell is more elongated. One specimen shows a large external hgament, and on a small portion of shell indications of radial rows of fine granules are seen. The pallial sinus is large and rounded. 222 CRETACEOUS LAMELLIBRANCHIA. PANOPEA SPILSBIENSIS, sp. nov. Plate XXXVIII, fig. 2a, b. Description.—Shell elongate-oval, convex, not very inequilateral. Posterior part more compressed and not so high as the median and anterior parts. Anterior margin rounded; ventral margin slightly curved, not quite parallel to the long dorsal margin. Umbones broad, incurved, at about six-fifteenths of the entire length from the anterior end. Pallial sinus large, deep, and rounded. Surface of shell nearly smooth. Remarks.—Only a few internal casts with small portions of the shell preserved have been obtained, but they seem to differ considerably from other species and are provisionally referred to the genus Panopea. Distribution.—Spilsby Sandstone (zone of Belemnites lateralis) of Donnington. Panopna GuRGITIS (Brongniart), 1822. Plate XXXV, figs. 9—14; Plate XXXVI, figs. 1—8. 1822. Lurrarra cureitis, A. Brongniart, in Cuvier. Ossemens Foss., vol. ii, pt. 2, pp. 333, 615, pl. ix, fig. 15. 1823. Mya pricara, J. de C. Sowerby. Min. Conch., vol. v, p. 20, pl. eccexix, fig. 3. 1835. Panopma piicata, Sowerby. Ibid., vol. vi, Systemat. Index, p. 241. 1841, —_ _- F. A. Romer. Die Verstein. d. nord - deutsch. Kreidegeb., p. 75, pl. ix, fig. 25. 1842. PHoLADOMYA NEocomiIENnsIS, A. Leymerie. Mém. Soc. géol. de France, ser. 2, vol. v, p. 3, pl. iii, fig. 4. — - Prevosti, Deshayes in Leymerie. Ibid., p. 3, pl. ii, fig. 7. 1845. PANopma NEOCOMIENSIS, A. dOrbigny. Pal. Franc. Terr. Crét., vol. i, p. 329, pl. cccliu, figs. 3—8. Prevosti, dOrbigny. Ibid., p. 334, pl. ecelvi, figs. 3, 4. NEOCOMIENSIS, H. Forbes. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. i, p. 238. ~— — puicaTa, Morbes. Ibid., p. 238. — Myopsis neocomigensis, L. Agassiz. Etudes crit. Moll. Foss., Myes, p. 257, pl. xxxi, figs. 5—10. _ — UNIOIDES, Agassiz. Ibid., p. 258, pl. xxxi, figs. 11, 12. 1850. Panopma NEocomigENSIS, A. d’Orbigny. Prodr. de Pal., vol. ii, pp. 73, 117. —- — Prevosrit, d’ Orbigny. Ibid., pp. 105, 117. 1852. -—- pLicata, F, J. Pictet and W. Roux. Moll. Foss. Grés verts de Geneve, p. 399, pl. xxviii, fig. 2. = — Ruopant, Pictet and Roux. Ibid., p. 400, pl. xxviii, fig. 3. 1854. MyacirEes NEocomIENSIS, J. Morris. Cat. Brit. Foss., ed. 2, p. 213. 1855. Panopma —- F. J. Pictet and E. Renevier. Foss. Terr. Aptien (Matér. Pal. Suisse, ser. 1), pp. 56, 175, pl. vi, fies. 2, 3. —- — piicata, Pictet and Renevier. Ibid., p. 57, pl. vi, figs. 4, 5. 1855. 1861. 1864-5. 1898. 1900. 1905. 1906. PANOPEHA. 223 Panop#A NEOCOMIENSIS, G. Cotteau. Moll. Foss. de ?Yonne, p. 51. _- — P. de Loriol. Anim. Invert. Foss. Mt. Saleve, p- 55. = — FJ. Pictet and G. Campiche. Foss. Terr. Crét. Ste. Croix (Matér. Pal. Suisse, ser. 4), p. 49, pl. ¢, figs. 10—12. — PLICATA, Pictet and Campiche. Ihbid., p. 63. — NEOCOMIENSIS, P. de Loriol and V. Gilliéron. Urgon. infér. de Landeron, p. 10, pl. 1, fig. 10. _ — F. Stoliczka. Paleont. Indica, Cret. Fauna 8S. India, vol. i, p. 87. a PUNCTATO-PLICATA, G. Bihm. Zeitschr. d. deutsch. geol. Gesellsch., vol. xxix, p. 241. = piricaTa, W. Keeping. Foss., etc., Neoc. Upware and Brickhill, p. 126. — NEOCOMIENSIS, O. Weerth. Die Fauna des Neocom. im Teutoburg. Walde (Paleont. AbhandL., vol. 11), Pp. of, pl. vant, fig. 7. PLEUROMYA = H. Trautschold. Néocom. de Sably (Nouv. Mém. Soc. Imp¢ér. Nat. Moscou, vol. xv), p. 135. PAaNopma — O. Behrendsen. Zeitschr.d. deutsch. geol. Gesellsch., vol. xliv, p. 20. — — G. Maas. Ibid., vol. xlvii, p. 256. === — F. Vogel. Hollindisch. Kreide, p. 59. — — A.Wollemann. Zeitschr.d. deutsch. geol. Gesellsch., vol. xlviu, p. 849. Prevuromya puiicata, k. B. Newton. Proc. Dorset Nat. Hist. and Antiq. Field Club, vol. xvii, pp. 71, 93, pl. u, figs. 4, 5. —- NEOcOMIENSIS, LH. G. Skeat and V. Madsen. Jur. Neoc. and Gault Boulders in Denmark (Danmarks geol. Undersiég., 2 R., Nr. 8), p. 185, pl. vi, fig. 11. PAaNoPmA — A. Wollemann. Die Biv. u. Gastrop. d. deutsch. u. hollind. Neocoms (Abhandl. d. k. preussisch. geol. Land., N. F., pt. 31), p. 124. = - E. Harbort. Die Fauna d. Schaumburg-Lippe- ’schen Kreidemulde (ibid., pt. 45), p. 74. = — A, Wollemann. Jahrb. d. k. preuss. geol. Landesanst. fiir 1906, vol. Xxvii, p. 278. == — A. Stojanof. Ann. géol. et min. de la Russie, vol. x, p; 115. Lurraria curartis, 8S. Nilsson. Petrif. Suecana, p. 18, pl. v, fig. 9 (Glyci- meris Holzapfeli, Hennig). — — W. Hisinger. Lethzea Suecica, p. 67, pl. xx, fig. 1. 224 CRETACEOUS LAMELLIBRANCHIA. Non 1840. Panopa curarres, A. Goldfuss. Petref. Germ., vol. ii, p. 274, pl. cli, fig, 7 (P. Goldfussi, VOrbigny, 1850). —— — pLIcaTA, Goldfuss. Ibid., p. 274, pl. elviii, fig. 5. — 1845. — curRGITIS, A. d’Orbigny. Pal. Frang. Terr. Crét., vol. iii, p. 345, pl. ceclxi, figs. 1, 2. —— 846; — —- A. H. Reuss. Die Verstein. der bohm. Kreideformat., pt, ps L7, ply xxxvi, dig... — 1847. — puicaTa, J. Miller. Petref. der Aachen. Kreidef., pt. 1, p. 28 (Glycimeris Geinitzi, Holzapfel). -— 1873. — curGITIs, H. B. Geinitz. Das Elbthalgeb. in Sachsen (Paleonto- graphica, vol. xx, pt. 2), p. 68, pl. xix, HOS Le. — 1876. = — D. Brauns. Zeitschr. f. d. gesammt. Naturwiss., vol. xlvi, p. 362. — 877. —- — A. Fritsch. Stud. im Gebiete der bohm. Kreideformat., il, Weissenberg. u. Malnitz. Schichten, p. 125, fig. 100. — 1898. GuLycIMERIS — G. Miller. Die Mollusk. d. Untersenon v. Braun- schweig u. Ilsede, p. 70, pl. x, fig. 4. — 1901. Panorma — F. Sturm. Jahrb. d. k. preuss geol. Landesanst. fiir 1900; vol: xxi; p. 70; plex, tie. 4. Description —Shell more or less oblong, rounded, convex; posterior part somewhat compressed, anterior part sloping more or less rapidly to the margin ; moderately or considerably inequilateral; posterior gape large. Anterior margin more or less convex, sometimes subtruncate; antero-ventral margin rounded ; ventral margin shghtly or moderately convex, nearly parallel to the dorsal margin ; posterior margin convex, or subtruncate and rounded; postero-dorsal margin nearly straight. Umbones incurved, often broad, sometimes narrow and pointed ; the dorsal part of the shell in front of the umbones is moderately or considerably depressed; sometimes a more or less distinct carina extends from the umbho towards the antero-ventral extremity; another carina, usually faint, may extend from the umbo posteriorly. Palhal sinus large, rounded. Ornamentation consists of concentric folds, which may be conspicuous or only faintly mdicated, and of numerous radial rows of minute granules. Measurements : (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) engi -eodouw O08 = 69% 6o° 2 “Ol. 56 2. 50 . 439 2 33° mm: leionih we Ao eeeeetOre. SOO e667 oor 5 129%. 929° Wo 24... - 19 -,, (1,5) Perna-bed, Atherfield. (3, 4, 6—9) Crackers, Atherfield. (2) Ferruginous Sands, Shanklin. Affinities—This species has been referred by most authors to the genus PANOPEA. 225 Panopea, but by some to Plewromya.! There seems now to be sufficient evidence to show that it belongs to the former rather than the latter, since the hinge-margins of the two valves are alike and there is no overlap of left by the right margin ; the hinge possesses the prominent, conical tooth characteristic of Panopea (Plate XXXVI, fig. 6); and a well-developed, broad, external ligament is present (Plate XXXV, figs.9b, 116). The fine radial ornamentation (Plate XXXV, figs. 9¢, 13 d) agrees perfectly with that found in Tertiary species of Panopea.? I have not seen the hinge in any specimen from the Lower Greensand, but it is well preserved in a left valve from Blackdown. Pictet and Campiche’® state that casts from the Aptian show clearly the presence of the teeth of Panopea. Pictet and Renevier thought that P. plicata (Sowerby) and P. neocomiensis (Leymerie) should be united as one species; Pictet and Campiche, however, in a later work regarded them as distinct, and stated that the former differs from the latter by the possession of strong concentric folds and by the absence of fine radial ornamentation. But when numerous specimens are examined all stages in the strength of the folds can be seen; and those with well-developed folds show, when the surface is well-preserved, the same kind of radial ornamentation that occurs on specimens with indistinct folds. The presence of a carina in front of the umbones and the somewhat smaller height of the posterior part of the shell have also been mentioned as characteristic of P. neocomiensis, but these features are now known to be inconstant. It appears, therefore, that there is no character by which P. plicata can be separated from P. neocomiensis. It is evident from Brongniart’s remarks that his specimens of Lutraria guigitis came from the Perte-du-Rhéne. — Pictet and Renevier,* who had seen the type of that species in the collection of M. Deluc, recognised it as a specimen from the Aptian of the Perte-du-Rhone, and state that it is certainly an example of either P. neocomiensis or P. plicata. Since these two forms are now united it follows that the earlier name given by Brongniart should be used for this species. Later writers have unfortunately used the name quiyitis for a species from the Chalk. P. acutisulcata (Deshayes’) and P. Schrdderi (Wollemann’) appear to be closely allied to P. guigitis. 1 For an account of the characters of this genus see Terquem, ‘ Bull. Soc. géol. de France,’ ser. 3, vol. x (1853), p. 534, and “ Observations sur les Etudes critiques des Mollusques Fossiles comprenant la monographie des Myaires de M. Agassiz,” ‘Mém. Acad. Imp. de Metz,’ année 1854—55 (1855), p. 253. 2 See, for instance, P. intermedia (Sow.) from the London Clay, ete., and P. floridana, Heilprin, from the Caloosahatchie Beds of Florida. 3 «Terr. Cret. Ste. Croix’ (1865), p. 51. t « Foss. Terr. Aptien’ (‘ Matér. Pal. Suisse,’ ser. 1, 1855), pp. 56 (footnote), 175. 5 Leymerie, ‘Mém. Soc. geéol. de France,’ ser. 2, vol. v (1842), p. 3, pl. ii, fig. 2; d’Orbigny, ‘Pal. Franc. Terr. Crét.,’ vol. 111 (1845), p. 336, pl. ecclvu, figs. 1—3; Pictet and Campiche, ‘Terr. Crét. Ste. Croix’ (‘ Matér. Pal. Suisse,’ ser. 4, 1865), p. 65. 6 «Die Biv. u. Gastrop. d. deutsch, u. holland. Neocoms’ (‘Abhandl. d. k. preussisch. geol. Land., INE EY, pt. ol, 1900); p. 126; ply ve figs, 7. 30 226 CRETACEOUS LAMELLIBRANCHIA. P. leviuscula (Sowerby'), from the Upper Greensand of Blackdown, closely resembles the small forms of the eocomiensis variety of P. gurgitis and does not appear to be specifically distinct. The type consists of an imperfect right valve ; a specimen similar to the type, but with both valves preserved, is in the Museum of Practical Geology (No. 23,823). Remarks.—Previous writers have remarked on the great amount of variation shown by this species. At first sight some of the varieties appear to be distinct, but, as Wollemann has pointed out, when a large number of specimens are studied, transitions can be traced between the different forms. The varieties do not appear to be confined to definite horizons, and nearly all of them are found together in the Perna-bed and Crackers of Atherfield. Considerable differences are seen in the position of the umbones, so that some specimens are much more inequilateral than others ; in those in which the anterior part is relatively short the anterior slope is rapid. The size and depth of the depression in the lunular region show considerable variation; when large and deep the umbones are usually narrower and more pointed than when the depression is small and shallow, and in the former case the carina extending from the umbo to the antero-ventral margin is usually distinct. The relative length and height of the shell, the rounded or truncate character of the anterior margin, the curvature of the ventral margin, the height of the posterior end, and the convexity of the anterior compared with that of the posterior part of the shell also show more or less considerable differences. The concentric folds may be conspicuous, but are sometimes indistinct; sometimes they appear to be better marked on internal casts than on the shell itself; in some cases their prominence is due to the state of preservation of the shell; thus Wollemann mentions a specimen in which one valve is weathered and shows strong folds, whilst the other valve is well preserved and nearly smooth. Some forms of this species are represented by a larger number of individuals than others. One common form (Plate XXXVI, figs. 3, 4), agrees more or less closely with the type of P. plicata (Sowerby), and it may perhaps be convenient to refer to this.as P. gurgitis var. plicata. In this the concentric folds are usually prominent, the ventral margin is only slightly curved, the posterior part of the shell is of nearly the same height as the anterior part, and the lunular depression is distinct and usually large. Another form (Plate XXXV, figs. 9, 13) resembles P. neocomiensis (Leymerie) and may be referred to as P. gurgitis var. neocomiensis. The concentric folds are 1 Mya leviuseula, J. de C. Sowerby, ‘Trans. Geol. Soe.,’ ser. 2 (1836), vol. iv, pp. 241, 340, pl. xvi, fig. 6 ; Morris, ‘Cat. Brit. Foss.,’ ed. 2 (1854), p.212. Panopza leviuscula, d’Orbigny, ‘ Prodr. de Pal., vol. ii (1850), p. 157; Pictet and Campiche, ‘Terr. Crét. Ste. Croix’ (‘Matér. Pal. Suisse,’ ser. 4, 1865), p. 70. PANOPEHA. 227 usually less distinct than in the variety plicata, the lunular depression is smaller and shallower, the umbones broader, and the ventral margin usually more distinctly curved. The smaller specimens of the var. neoconiensis resemble the example figured by d’Orbigny, in which the anterior margin is obliquely truncated, and a carina extends from the umbo antero-ventrally. In one form (Plate XXXV, fig. 10), which in other respects resembles the variety meocomiensis, the anterior half of the shell is relatively more inflated, and the posterior part is not so high as the anterior part; this form may be known as P. gurgitis var.a. In addition to these forms of P. gurgitis numerous other modifications occur. Specimens from the Speeton Clay have been recorded by previous writers as P. neocomiensis; the examples seen are few in number and not well preserved, but resemble closely the smaller form of P. gurgitis var. neoconiensis (Plate XXXV, fig. 13). In one case the fine, radial ornamentation is shown. Specimens from Blackdown (Plate XXXVI, figs. 6,7) resemble the variety plicata from the Lower Greensand, but are somewhat less convex ; these probably constitute only a local variety, since examples from the Upper Greensand of Dorset agree in convexity and in other characters with typical forms of the var. plicata from the Lower Greensand. The examples from Blackdown, although few in number, show considerable variation; one specimen (Plate XXXVI, fig. 8), is much shorter than usual, and resembles d’Orbigny’s' figure of P. plicata, but is less convex. Crushed internal casts of Panopea have been found in the Chalk Marl of Folkestone ; they resemble P. guigitis var. plicata, but their imperfect preservation renders determination difficult. Types.—The type of P. gurgitis came from the Aptian of the Perte-du-Rhone ; that of P. neocomiensis from the Neocomian of Aube. The type of P. plicata was obtained from the Lower Greensand of Sandgate, but cannot now be found. The type of P. leviuseula, from the Upper Greensand of Blackdown, is in the Bristol Museum. Distribution.— Lower Greensand: Perua-bed, Crackers and Beds iv, vi, vii, x, xiii, and xiv of Atherfield. Perna-bed of Sandown. Ferruginous Sands of Shanklin. Atherfield Beds of Kast Shalford and Sevenoaks. Hythe Beds of Hythe and Court-at-Street. Sandgate Beds of Parham Park. Mamuinillatus Bed of Folke- stone. Recorded by Topley from the Atherfield Clay of Haslemere, Peasmarsh, Redhill, and Hythe; from the Hythe Beds of Pulborough; from the Sandgate Beds of Folkestone and Sandgate; and from the Folkestone Beds of Folkestone. ? Lower Greensand of Upware. ?Speeton Clay of Speeton. Gault of Black Ven and Folkestone. Upper Greensand of Blackdown and Black Ven. 1 «Pal. Franc. Terr. Crcét.,’ vol. 11 (1845), p. 337, pl. ecelvui, figs. 4, 5. 228 CRETACEOUS LAMELLIBRANCHIA. dD. PANOPEA MANDIBULA (Sowerby), 1813. Plate XXXVII, figs. 1 1813. Mya manprsuna, J. Sowerby. Min. Conch., vol. i, p. 98, pl. xliii. ? 1840. Panopma Baumontit, A. Goldfuss. Petref. Germ., vol. ii, p. 274, pl. elvi, fig. 4. ? 1841. — JuaueErti, fF. A. Rimer. Die Verstein. d. nord-deutsch. Kreidegeb., p. 75, pl. x, fig. 4. 1845. — MANDIBULA, A. d’Orbigny. Pal. Franc. Terr. Crét., vol. ii, p. 344, pl. ecelx, figs. 3, 4. 1850. — -— H. B. Geinitz. Das Quadersandst. oder Kreidegeb. in Deutschland, p. 146. 1854. Myacrres manpisuta, J. Morris. Cat. Brit. Foss., ed. 2, p. 213. 1865. Panopma ~- F. J. Pictet and G. Campiche. Terr. Crét. Ste. Croix (Matér. Pal. Suisse, ser. 4), p. 70. 1870. = — F. Stoliczka. Paleont. Indica, Cret. Fauna 8. India, vol. in, p. 87. 1873. -- a H. B. Geinitz. Das Elbthalgeb. in Sachsen (Pal- eontographica, vol. xx, pt. 2), p. 70, pl. xviii, figs. 20, 21. ? 1883. — — A. Fritsch. Stud. im Gebiete der bohm. Kreide- format., ii, Iserschicht., p. 108. P 1897. — oe Fritsch. Ibid., vi, Chlomek. Schicht., p. 60. 1900. PLEevuROoMyYA — A.J. Jukes-Browne. Cret. Rocks of Britain, vol. 1, p. 470. Description. — Shell oblong or rhomboidal in outline, very inequilateral, convex, anterior part sloping rapidly to the anterior margin, with a wide posterior gape. Anterior margin somewhat convex; antero-ventral extremity rounded ; ventral margin straight or slightly curved and nearly parallel to the dorsal margin; postero-ventral extremity rounded ; posterior margin truncated, nearly straight, either perpendicular or slightly oblique to the nearly straight postero- dorsal margin. Umbones prominent, narrow, pointed, considerably incurved, with a broad, shallow furrow extending from their posterior side to the postero- ventral part of the valves. In front of the umbones the shell 1s considerably depressed. Ornamentation consists of strong, rounded, concentric folds, which become less distinct in and posterior to the dorso-ventral furrow; and of radial rows of minute granules. Measurements : (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) encthe "Sy 7250 VO C..08 7 90. 49°. 386anm.- Heigit os loves) 46, 2 4) 88. . 85>. 33°. Thickness. 41 39 — Ou te Oe Bere vs (1, 4—6) Upper Greensand, Ventnor. (2, 3) Upper Greensand, Devizes. PANOPEHA. 229 Affinities.—The more elongate forms of this species resemble some specimens of P. gurgitis var. plicata, but are more inequilateral, more convex, usually relatively longer, with narrower and more pointed umbones, and with a distinct furrow extending from the umbo to the postero-ventral margin. Remarks.—Many of the specimens are more or less crushed, and nearly all are internal casts, but the shell is preserved in some specimens from the Gault, and shows radial rows of fine granules. The hinge is not seen in any instance. P. mandibula is common in the Upper Greensand of Ventnor and Devizes, and is less abundant at other horizons. The principal variation seen is in the relative length and height of the shell. T'ype.—From the Upper Greensand of Devizes, in the British Museum. Distribution.—Lower Greensand of Atherfield. Atherfield Beds of Sevenoaks. Sandgate Beds of Nutfield. Folkestone Beds of Folkestone. Upper Greensand (zone of Schlanbachia rostrata) of Devizes and Ventnor. Gault and Upper Greensand of Black Ven. Chalk Marl of Folkestone. PANOPEA OVALIS, Sowerby, 1836. Plate XXXVII, fig. 6a, b. 1836. Panopma ovatis, J. de C. Sowerby. Trans. Geol. Soc., ser. 2, vol. iv, pp. 241, 340, pl. xvi, fig. 5. 1850. — — A.dOrbigny. Prodr. de Pal., vol. 11, p. 157. 1854. Myactres — J. Morris. Cat. Brit. Foss., ed. 2, p. 214. Description.—Shell oval, convex, moderately imequilateral. Antero-dorsal margin slightly convex; anterior margin rounded, passing gradually into the shghtly convex ventral margin. Umbones broad, incurved. The parts of the shell in the front of and behind the umbones are considerably depressed. The surface is ornamented with growth-rings. Remarks.—The only specimen seen is the type, in which the posterior part of the shell is not preserved. Type.—tIn the British Museum. Distribution.—Upper Greensand (zone of Schlanbachia rostrata) of Blackdown. PanopeA MeEyeERI, sp. nov. Plate XXXVIII, fig. la, b. Description.—Shell oval, moderately convex, with flattened sides, slightly inequilateral, with a wide posterior gape. Antero-dorsal margin convex. Anterior 230 CRETACEOUS LAMELLIBRANCHIA. margin rounded. Ventral margin straight or slightly convex. Posterior margin truncated, shehtly convex. Postero-dorsal margin shghtly concave, nearly parallel to the ventral margin. Umbones broad, curved inwards and backwards. The part of the shell in front of the umbones is shehtly depressed ; the part behind the wmbones is more deeply depressed. Surface with well-marked growth-rings. Length 87 mm.; height 59 mm. Afjinities.—In this species the sides of the shell are more flattened, the antero- dorsal margin is more convex, and the part of the shell in front of the umbones is less depressed than in P. ovalis. he hinge has not been seen, but the form of the shell agrees closely with that of typical species of Panopea. Fie. 28.—Panopea, sp. Lower Greensand (“ Scaphites” Beds), Whale Chine, Atherfield. Sedgewick Museum. Internal cast of right valve. Natural size. Remarks.—In addition to the specimen figured, which was collected by C. J. A. Meyer, an internal cast and the posterior part of a left valve only have been seen. Distribution.—Upper Greensand (zone of Scehlwnbachia varians) of Blackdown. Panopra, sp. Text-fig. 28. Internal casts resembling P. Meyert, but with the posterior border obliquely truncated, occur in the Lower Greensand (‘“Scaphites”’ Beds) of Whale Chine, Atherfield. Yd MARTESIA. 231 Famly—PHOLADIDA, Leach. Genus—Marvresia, Leach in H. M. D. de Blainville, 1825. (‘ Manuel de Malacol.,’ p. 632.) Marresta consrricta (Phillips), 1829. Plate XXXVIII, figs. 3—10. 1829. PuHotas constricta, J. Phillips. Geol. Yorks., p.169 (p. 256, ed. 3), pl. 1, tito life 1850. — = A. d’Orbigny. Prodr. de Pal., vol. ui, p. 117. 1854. — == J. Morris. Cat. Brit. Foss., ed. 2, p. 221. 1864, — — F. J. Pictet and G. Campiche. Foss. Terr. Crét. Ste. Croix (Matc¢r, Pal. Suisse, ser. 4), p. 26. 1870. — — F. Stoliczka. Paleeont. Indica, Cret. Fauna 8. India, p. 23 (? Martesia). 1900, PHonapipEa constricta, A. J. Jukes-Browne. Cret. Rocks of Britain, vol. i, p. 470. Description.—Shell small, more or less elongate; anterior part short, convex, rounded; posterior part wedge-shaped. Umbones prominent, close together, curved inwards and forwards. Ventral margin nearly straight. Posterior margin sub-truncate, more or less rounded, somewhat oblique. Postero-dorsal margin sloping ventrally. Two narrow furrows, with corresponding internal ribs, extend from the umbo to the ventral margin; the anterior furrow is rather broader and less oblique than the posterior, but is sometimes short or absent. An internal ridge, near the postero-dorsal margin, extends from the umbo to near the posterior adductor. Anterior callus shield-shaped. Ventral margin of valves diverging posteriorly, jomed by a hypoplax. Metaplax elongated, divided. Ornamentation: on the larger part of the shell distinct, regular, concentric ribs with minute transverse serrations. In front of the anterior furrow the ribs become smaller and closer together; they bend dorsally and unite at an angle with similar ribs on the dorsal part of the anterior end of the valve. On the postero-dorsal part of the shell the ribs are less regular and less distinct. Measurements : Q) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) engthe eo VS) 17, 16 18 15 14, HORS ama Hero hiGe Sen. nO 8. Ore seat) pts Oy ane ote ow ox Thickness Deets Des Oe kO Se SOR eoremaOnS (1—3) Speeton, (4—7) Folkestone. Affinities—This species is less elongate than M. subcylindrica (VOrbigny).’ 1 «Pal. Frang. Terr. Crét.,’ vol. iii (1845), p. 306, pl. ceexlix, figs. 5—8. 232 CRETACEOUS LAMELLIBRANCHIA. The height of the anterior part of the shell is less and the length of the ventral margin greater relatively than in M. Sancte-Crucis (Pictet and Campiche).' Remarks.—This species varies somewhat in relative length and breadth, and in the extent of the development of the anterior furrow. Many of the specimens are found in burrows in wood. The protoplax is not preserved in any example seen. Type. The type came from Speeton, but cannot now be found. Distribution.—Speeton Clay of Speeton. Lower and Upper Gault of Folkestone. Probably also in the Upper Greensand of Blackdown. Specimens which belong to either this or a closely allied species occur in the Spilsby Sandstone of Benniworth Haven. Borings in wood found in the Tealby Limestone of Claxby may be due to this species but the valves are concealed. Marresta prisca (Sowerby), 1828. Plate XXXVIII, fig. 11. 1828. Puouas priscus, J. de C. Sowerby. Min. Conch., vol. vi, p. 157, pl. dlxxxi. 1845. PHouas? priscus, H. Forbes. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. i, p. 237. 1850. Puonas prisca, A. d’Orbigny. Prodr. de Pal., vol. 11, p. 72. 1854. — — J. Morris. Cat. Brit. Foss., ed. 2, p. 221. 1864. — — F.J. Pictet and G. Campiche. Foss. Terr. Crét. Ste. Croix (Matér. Pal. Suisse, ser. 4), p. 26. 1870. — — (Marrzsia), F. Stoliczka. Paleeont. Indica, Cret. Fauna 8. India, vol. i, p. 22. 1875. PuHonaprpEa Prisca, R. Etheridge in W. Topley. Geol. Weald, p. 419. This species appears to be closely related to M. coustricta, but no satisfactory description can be given until better specimens have been obtained. The type, in which the shell was well preserved, cannot now be traced ; in other examples the shell is concealed by a coating of hard matrix, andin the few cases in which it has been possible to remove the matrix only internal casts of the valves have been exposed. The type came from the Lower Greensand (? Sandgate Beds) near Sandgate. Other specimens have been obtained from the Hythe Beds of Hythe and Maidstone.’ 1 «Boss. Terr. Crét. Ste. Croix’ (1864), p. 24, pl. c, fig. 1. This species has been recorded by Price from the Gault of Folkestone; I have not seen any examples of it. 2 Fistulana pyriformis, Mantell, is perhaps a Martesia, but no specimens showing the valves have been seen. No figure or specific description was given by Mantell. The “type” came from Willingdon near Eastbourne, apparently from the top of the Lower Greensand. Mantell, ‘ Foss. 8. Downs’ (1822), p. 76; Gastrochena pyriformis, Morris, ‘Cat. Brit. Foss.,’ ed. 2 (1854), p. 203; Pictet and Campiche, ‘ Foss. Terr. Crét. Ste. Croix (Matér. Pal. Suisse,’ ser. 4, 1864), p. 18 ; Stoliczka, ‘Paleont. Indica, Cret. Fauna S. India,’ vol. iii (1870), p. 29. Gastrochena dilatata, Deshayes, has been recorded by Forbes and other writers from the Lower Greensand; I have not seen any specimens in which the valves are exposed. Deshayes, in Leymerie, ‘Mém. Soe. géol. de France,’ vol. v (1842), p. 2, pl. iii, fig. 1; Forbes, ‘ Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.,’ vol. i (1845), p. 237; Pictet and Campiche, ‘ Foss. Terr. Crét. Ste. Croix’ (1864), p. 11, pl. xcix, figs. 4, 5. ORIN US: OB, Marresta ? rotunpa (Sowerby), 1850. Plate XXXVIII, fies. 12 a—e, 13. 1850. 'TEREDO rotuNDUus, J. de C. Sowerby in F. Dixon. Geol. Sussex, p. 346 (p. 382, ed. 2), pl. xxviii, figs. 27, 28. 1854. — — J. Morris. Cat. Brit. Foss., ed. 2, p. 227. 1897. Marrtesta? rotunpa, H. Woods. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. li, p. 393, pl. xxvii, figs. 15—18. Description.—Shell small, ovoid, inflated, with rounded outline. Anterior gape large, apparently closed by callus. Umbones sub-median, curved inwards and forwards. A, Wollemann. Fauna der Liineburg. Kreide (Ab- handl. d. k. preuss. geol. Landes- anst. N. F., Heft 37), p. 81. Description.—Tubes long, conical, tapering gradually, sometimes nearly straight, but usually bending or curving irregularly, circular in section, but often com- pressed, and then showing a median longitudinal furrow on one side. Diameter sometimes reaches 15 mm. and the length 210mm. Surface with narrow transverse ridges at more or less regular intervals giving a segmented appearance ; sometimes also with smaller growth-rings between the ridges. Remarks.—This_ species ranges almost throughout the Chalk and is widely distributed. It has been referred by various authors to five different genera, but THEREDO. 237 its systematic position must still be regarded as uncertain, for although the tubes are common the valves have not been found in association with them. Fritsch (1893) and Miiller (1898) have found the valves of Turis in the same deposit as the tubes, and think it probable that the former belong to the same species as the latter. Some authors have referred these tubes to the genus Gastrochena, but Stoliczka points out that they resemble more nearly the tubes of T'eredo. Types.—From the Senonmian of Maestricht and Bochum. The specimens figured by Sowerby (except fig. 2, which is in the British Museum), by Mantell, and by Dixon cannot be found. Distiibution.—Chloritic Marl of Kastbourne. Cambridge Greensand. Chalk Marl of Chard and Ventnor. Zone of Holaster subglobosus of Holborough near Rochester, Totternhoe, Cherry Hinton, and Burwell. Zone of Lhynchonella Cuvieri of the Devon coast, Winchester, the Isle of Wight, and Lewes. Zone of Terebra- tulinaw of Winchester, the Isle of Wight, Croydon, and Devon. Zone of Holaster planus of the Dorset coast, the Isle of Wight, Dover, and Luton. Zone of Micraster cor-testudinarium of Mitcheldever, Dover, the Sussex coast, and Coulsdon (Surrey). Zone of M. cor-anguinum of the Sussex coast, St. Margaret’s, Thanet, and Graves- end. Zone of Marsiupites testudinarius of Highfield, near Salisbury, the Sussex coast, and Thanet. Zone of Actinocamax quadratus of the Sussex coast. Lamily—TEREDINIDAN, Scacchi. Genus—TerrEDO, Linneus, 1758. (‘Syst. Nat.,’ ed. 10, p. 651; ed. 12, 1767, p. 1267.) TEREDO GAULTINA, sp. nov. Plate XXXVIII, fig. 21. Description —Shell convex, inequilateral. Anterior gape large, angular. Postero-ventral gape small. Postero-dorsal margin produced upwards and out- wards. Umbones large, incurved. A shallow furrow extends from the umbo to the ventral margin. Posterior to the furrow the shell is ornamented with ribs and narrow furrows, which soon bend dorsally, and disappear or become indistinct on the postero-dorsal part; in front of the furrow the ribs are much smaller, and are parallel to the margin of the anterior gape; at first they are directed dorsally, but soon bend forwards. Length, 9 mm.; breadth, 8°5 mm. Affinities—In T. varennensis, Buyignier,! the anterior ribs are coarser and the posterior end of the shell is more produced than in this species. Distribution.— Gault of Folkestone. 1 «Statist. géol. min. et paléont. de la Meuse,’ Atlas (1852), p. 6, pl. vi, figs. 40—48. 238 CRETACEOUS LAMELLIBRANCHIA. Kamily—ANATINIDA, Gray. Genus—Puxrcromya, P. de Loriol, 1868. (De Loriol and Cotteau, ‘Mon. Paléont. Géol. Portlandien de l'Yonne,’ p. 89.) PLECTOMYA ANGLICA, sp. nov. Plate XX XIX, fig. la, b. Description.—Shell elongate-oval, slightly inequilateral, compressed ; anterior and posterior ends rounded; ventral margin slightly convex. Umbones broad, with a slight posterior curvature. The part of the shell in front of a line drawn from the umbo to the opposite ventral margin is ornamented with strong concentric ribs separated by broad furrows; these ribs become nearly or quite obsolete on the posterior middle part of the shell (except near the umbo), but re-appear on the postero-dorsal part. The entire surface of the shell is ornamented with numerous radial rows of granules. Length 49 mm.; height 27 mm. Affinities—This species is similar in general character to Plectomya Agassizi (VOrbigny'), but the shell is less elongate, the ribs on the anterior part of the shell cut the margin and the growth-lines obliquely, and on the posterior median part the ribs are almost obsolete. It also shows some resemblance to P. Rhodani (Pictet and Roux’). Remarks.—Ot this species I have seen only two examples, neither of which shows the interior, so that I am unable to express an opinion as to affinities of the genus Plectomya. Distribution. —Lower Greensand (Crackers) of Atherfield.’ Genus—ANAtTINA, Lamarck, 1809. (‘ Philosoph. Zool.,’ vol. i, p. 319; ‘ Hist. nat. Anim. sans Vert.,’ vol. v, 1818, p. 462.) Sub-genus—Crroomya, L. Agassiz, 1842. (‘ Etudes crit. Moll. Foss.,’ Myes, p. 143.) 1 An imperfect specimen of Goniomya from the Tealby Limestone of Claxby is in the Sedgwick Museum, Cambridge. CRETACEOUS LAMELLIBRANCHIA. bo Or we Ornamentation consists of rounded ribs; those in front of the umbones are nearly straight and slope obliquely backwards and downwards ; those behind the umbones are curved and more or less nearly parallel to the posterior and postero- dorsal margins; near the ventral margin the ribs become more nearly concentric and are often less distinct (especially on the median part) than on the dorsal portion of the shell. Affinities —This species differs from G. designata (Goldfuss)' in the smaller curvature of the ventral margin, and in the truncated form of the posterior margin. It is closely allied to G. consignata, Romer,” but the anterior curvature of the umbones is more marked. Remarks.—This species has been identified by comparison with a specimen given me by M. Raoul Fortin from the same locality as the type. Type.—From the Cenomanian of Mte. Ste. Catherine, Rouen. Distribution.—Upper Greensand (zone of Schlanbachia rostrata) of Blackdown, Devizes, and near Maiden Bradley. Base of Chalk Marl of Chard.? Family—PLEUROMYIDA, Zittel. Genus—Prmuromya, L. Agassiz, 1842. (‘ Etudes crit. Moll. Foss.,’ Myes, p. 231.) Precromya Orpientana (Routllier), 1847. Plate XLITI, figs. 1, 2a—e. 1847. Panop#a Orpiantana, C. Rouillier. Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Moscou, vol. xx, p. 407; vol. xxi (1848), p. 28], pl. G, fig. 24. Description.—Shell oval, convex, inequilateral, with a small posterior gape. Anterior and posterior margins rounded. Ventral margin considerably convex. Umbones moderately prominent, incurved. Shell depressed in front of and behind the umbones. Surface nearly smooth, but ornamented with linear, radial ribs, which are sometimes parallel, sometimes irregular; in some places the ribs are replaced by rows of minute tubercles. Affinities.—The English specimens agree closely with examples from the Lower 1 « Petref. Germ.,’ vol. ii (1840), p. 264, pl. cliv, fig. 13. Holzapfel, ‘ Mollusk. Aachen. Kreide’ (Paleontographica, vol. xxxv, 1889), p. 153. 2 «Die Verstein. d. nord-deutsch. Kreidegeb.’ (1841), p. 75, pl. x, fig. 3. Miller, ‘ Mollusk. Untersen. v. Braunschweig u. Ilsede’ (1898), p. 71, pl. x, fig. 7. 3 A small specimen of Goniomya has been found in the Chalk of Trimingham by Mr. R. M. Brydone. LI@PISTEHA: 257 Volgian of Moscow, which were identified by Prof. Pavlow, but their resemblance to Rouillier’s figure is not quite so close. Some of the smaller specimens approach P. peregrina (VOrbigny'), which is said to differ from P. Orbigniana by smaller curvature of the ventral margin, the presence of a shallow depression extending to the ventral margin below the umbones, and by the ornamentation consisting of radial rows of minute tubercles instead of linear ribs. One specimen from Spilsby, however, shows both types of ornamentation, suggesting that the two species are not really distinct. The hinge is not seen in any of the Enelish specimens of P. Orbigniana, but the figure given by Rouillier, although not quite satisfactory, is suggestive of Panopea; the form of the shell, however, resembles that of some Jurassic species of Plewromya. Distribution.—Spilsby Sandstone (zone of Belemnites lateralis) of Donnington. Family—POROMY ACID As, Dall. Genus—LiopistHa, I’. B. Meek, 1864. (‘Check List Invert. Foss. N. America,’ pp. 12, 32; T. A. Conrad in Kerr’s ‘Report Geol. Survey N. Carolina,’ vol. i, 1875, Appendix A, p. 28; Meek, ‘Invert. Cret. and Tert. Foss. U. Missouri,’ 1876, p. 227.) Section—Pstnomya, Meek, 1876. (Ibid., p. 229.) LiopistHa (PSILoMYA) GIGANTEA (Sowerby), 1818. Plate XLIII, figs. 3, 4; Plate XLIV, figs. 1, 2. 1811. Corsuna?, J. Parkinson. Organic Remains, vol. ui, p. 226. 1818. —- GIGANTEA, J. Sowerby. Min. Conch., vol. iii, p. 13, pl. ccix, figs. 5—7. 1850. PHoLapomya — A. d’Orbigny. Prodr. de Pal., vol. u, p. 157. 1854. Tueris — J. Morris. Cat. Brit. Foss., ed. 2, p. 227. 1865. — ? — F. J. Pictet and G. Campiche. Terr. Crét. Ste. Croix (Matér. Pal. Suisse, ser. 4), pp. 199, 210. L870, oro F. Stoliczka. Paleeont. Indica, Cret. Fauna S. India, vol. ii, p. 42. 1882. LroristHa — P. de Loriol. Gault de Cosne, p. 45, pl. vi, figs. 1—5. 1 Murchison, Verneuil, and Keyserling, ‘Géol. de la Russie de Europe,’ vol. 11 (1845), p. 468, pl. xl, figs. 1O—12. The hinge is figured by Zittel, ‘Handbuch d. Paliont.,’ vol. ii, p. 125, fig. 179, and ‘ Grundziige d. Paliont.,’ ed. 2 (1903), p. 330, fig. 732. o4: 258 CRETACKOUS LAMELLIBRANCHIA. Description.—Shell large, rather thick, oval, elongate, inflated, the posterior part compressed, very inequilateral. Anterior part very short, with rounded margin, but its dorsal part only shghtly curved. Ventral margin forming a considerable curve. Posterior margin obliquely truncated, more or less rounded. Postero-dorsal margin nearly straight. Umbones large, prominent, pointed, inrolled, and with a more or less considerable forward curvature. A rounded carina extends from the front of the umbones to the middle of the anterior margin and forms the boundary of a deeply excavated area in front of the umbones. Ornamentation consists of broad, rounded, concentric ribs on the dorsal part of the valves except on the anterior excavated area. In passing ventrally these ribs become less prominent and are soon represented by concentric lines. Rather widely separated radial rows of minute tubercles are present and leave small pits when broken off. Near the umbo small radial ribs are present. Measurements : (1) (2) (3) Length f . 128 ; 110 : 90 min. Height : : 89 , 82 3 hol tas (1—3) Blackdown. Affinities —This species resembles L. (Psilomya) superba (Stoliczka!), but differs in outline, in the concentric ribs being confined to the dorsal part of the shell, and in the less inflated form of the valves. Remarks.—In the small examples of this species the shell is relatively shorter and more nearly orbicular in outline and the concentric ribs cover the whole or nearly the whole of the valves. The radial ribs near the umbo are seen in only a few specimens. Type.—From Blackdown, in the British Museum. Distribution.—Upper Greensand (zone of Schlanbachia rostrata) of Blackdown. LiopistHa, sp. Plate XLITI, fig. 5a—e. Description.—Shell oval, shghtly mequilateral, inflated, posterior part com- pressed, with a shallow furrow near the postero-dorsal margin, concave in front of the umbones. Anterior and posterior margins rounded; ventral margin considerably convex. Umbones prominent, curved inwards and forwards. Ornamentation consists of numerous (about twenty-nine), narrow radial ribs bearing small tubercles, and separated by concave interspaces of greater breath than the ribs. On the postero-dorsal part of the shell ribs are absent. The ribs are crossed by faintly marked concentric rings. Remarks.—Vhe only example of this species which has been seen does not 1 «Paleout. Indica, Cret. Fauna 8. India’ (1870), p, 48, pl, ii, figs. 2—4. CUSPIDARIA. 259 show the hinge, but it is provisionally referred to Liopistha on account of its external resemblance to some species of that genus.! It should be noted, how- ever, that it is also similar to some species which are believed to belong to the genus Pholadomya.* Distributionn—Red Limestone of Hunstanton. Family—CUSPIDARITDAN, Dall. Genus—Cuspiparia, G. D. Nardo, 1840. (‘ Ann. Sci. Lombardo-Veneto,’ vol. x, p. 49.) Cuspiparta Sapauptana (Pictet and Campiche), 1864. Plate XLIII, fig. 6a,b; Plate XLIV, fig. 3a, b. 1864. Nemra Sapaupiana, F’. J. Pictet and G. Campiche. Foss. Terr. Crét. Ste. Croix (Matér. Pal. Suisse, ser. 4), p. 40, pl. ¢, figs. 5—7. Description.—Shell inflated, oval, oblique, slightly inequivalve, anterior part sloping rapidly to the margin, posterior part compressed and produced into a pointed beak. Anterior margin rounded ; ventral margin convex, curving upwards and passing gradually into the posterior margin. Umbones curved inwards and shghtly backwards. A narrow postero-dorsal area is bent at an angle with the sides of the shell, and is limited by a carina. Ornamentation consists of strong, concentric ribs, most of which are con- tinued on to the posterior beak, where they become rather smaller and closer together ; on the sides of the ribs and in the furrows are a few faint concentric lines. Length 14 mm.; height 11 mm. Affinities—This species is more inflated, the anterior part is more rounded, and the concentric ribs are stronger than in CU. pulchra (Sowerby). T'ype-—From the Gault of the Perte-du-Rhone. Distribution.—Lower Gault of Folkestone. ! See, for example, Stoliczka, ‘Cret. Fauna 8. India,’ vol. iii (1870), pl. ii, figs. 10, 11; Moesch, ‘Mon. Pholadomyen’ (1874), pl. xxxv, fig. 5; Geinitz, ‘Das Elbthalgeb. in Sachsen’ (‘ Paleonto- graphica,’ vol. xx, pt. 2, 1873), pl. xix, figs. 6,7; Weller, ‘Cret. Pal. New Jersey,’ vol. iv (1907), pl. lvin, figs. 3—9. * H.g. P. subdinensis (d’Orbigny), ‘Pal. France. Terr. Crét.,’ vol. ii (1844), p. 38, pl. ecl, figs. 1—3, and ‘ Prodr. de Pal.,’ vol. ii (1850), p. 157. 260 CRETACEOUS LAMELLIBRANCHIA. CUSPIDARIA UNDULATA (Sowerby), 1827. Plate XLIV, fig. 4. 1827. Nucuna unpvuxata, J. de C. Sowerby. Min. Conch., vol. vi, p. 104, pl. dliv, fig. 3. 1854. Nerara ? = J. Morris. Cat. Brit. Foss., ed. 2, p. 216. 1866. — -- F. J. Pictet and G. Campiche. Foss. Terr. Crét. Ste. Croix (Mater. Pal. Suisse, ser. 4), p. 421. 1871. — — F. Stolickza. Paleont. Indica, Cret. Fauna S. India, vol. ili, p. 322. Remarks.—A few specimens resembling Sowerby’s figure of C. undulata have been found. They appear to differ from C. Sabaudiana only in the less oblique form of the shell and the more convex postero-ventral margin. More specimens are needed in order to determine whether C. Sabaudiana and C. widulata are really distinct or only varieties of one species. Type.—The type was preserved in pyrites, and came from Folkestone; it was formerly in the British Museum, but has now perished. Distribution.— Gault of Folkestone. CusPIDARIA PULCHRA (Sowerby), 1850. Plate XLIV, figs. 5, 6. 1850. Lepa puncura, J. de CU. Sowerby in F. Dixon. Geol. Sussex, p. 346 (p. 382, ed. 2), pl. xxviii, fig. 10. s54 J. Morris. Cat. Brit. Foss., ed. 2, p. 205. 1897. Cuspriparra cAupATA, H. Woods. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe., vol. lii, p. 393, pl. xxviii, figs. 19, 20. Description.—Shell convex, with the posterior and antero-dorsal parts com- pressed ; sub-triangular, oblique, somewhat mequilateral, highest in front of the umbones. Dorsal margin nearly straight. Anterior margin slightly convex. Antero-ventral margin rounded. Ventral margin curving upwards and passing eradually into the posterior margin, which forms an acute angle with the postero- dorsal margin. Umbones pointed, curved inwards and shghtly backwards. Ornamentation consists of regular, concentric ribs which become indistinct on the antero-dorsal and postero-dorsal parts. Measurements : (1) (2) Length : ; 2d. : 22 mm. Height ; ; : 19 : ILS se Thickness ; 14 ib ore (1,2) Upper Chalk, Norwich. ad x ae eT en. wy _ C2 — a PLATE XXXV. Genus—Puarus, Leach. Frias. 1—3. P. Warburtoni (Forbes). Lower Greensand (Crackers), Atherfield. Sedgwick Museum, Cambridge. 1, 3, right valves; 2a, left valve; 2b, dorsal view of 2a; 2c, portion of anterior part xX 8. (P. 217.) Genus—Souecurtus, de Blainville. 4, S. (Azor?) Pelagi, dOrb. Upper Greensand, Blackdown. Sedgwick Museum. Right valve. (P. 218.) 5, 6. 8.? (Azor?) Acteon, d’Orb. Left valves. 5, Upper Greensand, Haldon ; British Museum, No. 34801. 6, Cenomanian, Dunscombe ; Sedgwick Museum. (P. 219.) Genus—LEPTOSOLEN, Conrad. 7,8. DL. Dupinianus (VOrb.). Gault, Black Ven. Sedgwick Museum. 7, right valve; 8, left valve. (P. 219.) Genus—Panorna, Ménard de la Groye. 9—14. P. gurgitis (Brongn.). Lower Greensand (Crackers), Atherfield. Sedg- wick Museum, Cambridge. (P. 222.) 9. var. neocomiensis, Leym. a, left valve; b, dorsal view; c, ornamentation x teh. 10. var. a. Left valve. ll. var. a. a, right valve; 6, dorsal view. 12. Right valve. 13. var. neocomiensis, Leym. a, left valve; b, ornamentation x 4. 14. a, right valve; b, dorsal view. PALA ONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY, 1909 Vol.ll PLATE XxXXV 23 eH 3 ; z CRETACEOUS LAMELLIBRANCHIA. T.A. Brock, del. London Stereoscopic Co. Imp. | Figs. PLATE XXXVI. Panopua (continued). i—8s. P. gurgitis (Brongn.). 1—5, Lower Greensand, Atherfield. 6—8, Upper Greensand, Blackdown. (P. 222.) He Crackers. Sedgwick Museum. Left valve. 2. Crackers. Sedgwick Museum. Right valve. . var. plicata, Sow. Perna-bed. Sedgwick Museum. Internal cast. Right valve. . var. plicata, Sow. Probably Perna-bed. York Museum. a, right valve; b, dorsal view. . Lobster clay. Sedgwick Museum. Internal cast. Right valve. >. var. plicata, Sow. British Museum, No. L577. a, left valve; b, dorsal view; c, hinge of same. . var. plicata, Sow. British Museum, No. L17122. Right valve. . Short form of var. plicata, Sow. British Museum, No. L17120. Left valve. TA. Brock, del. PALZ ONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY, 1909 GREECE OWS ib Awl Vol.ll PLATE XXXvV1 ; | BRANCHIA. | London Stereoscopic Co. Imp. PLATE OX Vi PANopEA (continued). Fras. 1—5. P. mandibula (Sow.). Upper Greensand. Sedgwick Museum, Cambridge. Internal casts. (P. 228.) . Ventnor. a, right valve; b, dorsal view. . Devizes. Right valve. . Ventnor. Left valve. . Devizes. a, right valve; b, anterior view. . Ventnor. Right valve. ork WO De 6. P. ovalis, Sow. Upper Greensand, Blackdown. The Type. Bristol Museum. a, portion of left valve; b, dorsal view. (P. 229.) PALA ONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY, 1909 XV 11 Voll PLATE xx CRETACEOUS LAM EEE RAN @Eiia London Stereoscopic Co. Imp. TA. Brock, del ot Maes Le i ras. ibe ep 3—10. 1k Paneer iiise 19, 20. 2s PLATH XXXVIII. Panopna (continued). P. Meyeri, Woods. Upper Greensand, Blackdown. Sedgwick Museum, Cambridge. a, right valve; b, dorsal view. (P. 229.) P. spilshiensis, Woods. Spilsby Sandstone, Donnington. Sedgwick Museum. Internal cast. a, right valve; ), dorsal view. (P. 222.) Genus—Martesta, Leach. M. constricta (Phill.). 38—6, Speeton Clay, Speeton. 7—10, Gault, Folkestone. Mainly internal casts. (P. 231.) 3. York Museum. Right valve. 4. British Museum, No. L21607. Right valve. x 1}. 5. Sedgwick Museum. a, right valve; b, dorsal view of both valves. x 1. 6. Sedgwick Museum. a, left valve, x 13; b, anterior view, x 13; c, portion of shell near the ventral margin x 10. 7. Museum of Practical Geology, No. 23487. Right valve. x 1}. 8. British Museum, No. 14997. Left valve with shell preserved. x 2. 9. British Museum, No. L4997. a, anterior view; b, dorsal view. Part of the shell is preserved. x 2. 10. Museum of Practical Geology, No. 23486. Right valve. M. prisca (Sow.). Hythe Beds of Maidstone. Museum of Practical Geology, No. 23474. Internal cast of right valve. (P. 232.) M.? rotunda (Sow.). Chalk Rock, Cuckhamsley. Sedgwick Museum. 12, internal cast; a, left valve; b, dorsal view; ¢, anterior view. 13, right valve—drawn from a wax mould of the exterior, partly restored. K-25 ((P2388,) Genus—Turnus, Gabb. 1’. Dallasi (Walker). Lower Greensand, Potton. Sedgwick Museum. Internal casts. 14, the Type; a, right valve; b, dorsal view. 15, right valve. x 2. (P. 283.) T. sp. Gault, Folkestone. x 12. (P. 234.) 16. British Museum, No. L4996. a, right valve, with part of shell preserved ; b, dorsal view. 17. Sedgwick Museum. Internal cast of left valve. T’. sp. Upper Greensand, Blackdown. British Museum, No. 24335. Left valve. x 14. (P. 235.) T'.? amphisbena (Goldf.). Upper or Middle Chalk, Sussex. Sedgwick Museum. (P. 235.) Genus—TeErEvDo, Linneus. T. gaultina, Woods. Gault, Folkestone. Museum of Practical Geology, No. 23485. Right valve. x 2. (P. 287.) .PALZONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY, |I909 Wo WL TEVA Is, LOOAYANUL CREPACEOUS JcAMin ans iAINiC eras: | T. A. Brock, del. London Stereoscopic Co.Imp. PLATE XXXIX. Genus—Puxrctromya, de Loriol. Fras. 1. P. anglica, Woods. Lower Greensand (Crackers), Atherfield. Sedgwick Museum, Cambridge. a, right valve; 0, ornamentation x 16. (P. 238.) Genus—ANAtTINA, Lamarch. 2—4, A. (Cercomya) gurgitis, Pict. and Camp. Lower Greensand. (P. 239.) 2. Perna-bed, Isle of Wight. British Museum, No. L436. Right valve. 3. Crackers, Atherfield. Sedgwick Museum. a, part of left valve; b, dorsal view ; c, ornamentation near the antero-ventral margin x 12. 4. Crackers, Atherfield. Sedgwick Museum. a, left valve; 6, ornamentation near the antero-ventral margin x 10. 5. “I PLATE XLIV. LiopistuHa (continued). L. (Psilomya) gigantea (Sow.). Upper Greensand, Blackdown. Sedgwick Museum, Cambridge. la, right valve; 1, dorsal view of the same. 2, left valve. (P. 257. Cuspiparia (continued). C. Sabaudiana (Pict. and Camp.). Gault, Folkestone. Sedgwick Museum. a, right valve; b, ornamentation X 5. (P. 259.) C. undulata (Sow.). Gault, Folkestone. Sedgwick Museum. Right valve. (P. 260.) C. pulchra (Sow.). 5, Upper Chalk, Norwich. Norwich Museum. a, internal cast of right valve; b, dorsal view. 6, Chalk Rock, Henley Park; Sedgwick Museum, from Mr. L. Treacher’s Collection; right valve. (P. 260.) CO. pulchra ? (Sow.). Upper Greensand, Devizes. British Museum, No. L21785. Internal cast, somewhat crushed. a, right valve; b, dorsal view. (P. 261.) C.? sp. Chalk Marl, Ventnor. British Museum, No. 38266. (P. 261.) PALAZONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY, 1909 WON TOL TELNAES 2:LbV/ CRELACEOUS LAME TE Dist ANI Git WAT T.A.Brock. del. London Stereoscopic Co. Imp. PALASONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY. INSTITUTED MDCCCXLVIL, VOLUME FOR 1909. LONDON: MDCCCCIX. DESCRIPTION OF THE FOSSIL REMAINS OF MOLLUSCA FOUND IN THE CHALK OF ENGLAND: CEPHALOPODA. ORDER OF BINDING AND DATES OF PUBLICATION. see? Sars ISSUED IN VOL:| pu pnesHED General Title-page and Index | = 1909 December, 1909 126 I—xX | 18538 December, 1853 27—36 XI—XVI 1854: May, 1855 37—68 [ 2CVSTI— 2-0-7101 | 1855 February, 1857 DESCRIPTION OF THE FOSSIL REMAINS OF MOLLUSCA FOUND IN THE CHALK OF ENGLAND. CEPHALOPODA. BY DANIEL SHARPE, pres. GEOL. soc., F.R. & GS. LOIN OMNE PRINTED FOR THE PALMONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY 18538—1909. Actinocamax verus Ammonites — alternatus — austeni = bravaisianus — brongniartil — bunburianus —- carolinus... catinus — cenomanensis = cinctus -— complanatus — consobrinus — coupel — cunningtoni — curvatus ... = deverianus — euomphalus = faleatus _ feraudianus = fissicostatus = gentoni = gollevillensis = goupilanus = eriffithit ... — hippocastanum . _ icenicus — jukesii = largillertianus — laticlavius -- leptonema — leptophyllus _- lewesiensis _ mantelli = milletianus var. inflata var. tuberculata sco AE sant, We 2D) 52). xxi, 7—9 ce ee 25)2) 1X. 27 29). xm, 1 ods xvi, I WS 8 aig, ... 19; vu, 1-3 45 23; viii, 1-4, ix, 1 24; vii, 1 24; viii, 2, 4, Tp, IL 3D; XV, 2 Pll, AN) 3 sypbl, th O), xeanul, I 43). XIX, O ; 31; xin, 4 21; vu, 5-9; 49 oll xx. 6 30 39 48. xvii, 2 HOOk) XVils) OO B32 Xaly ..o0; Xvi, 2-4 43; xix, 4 2 od- xxii Lil eon Le) Silamexaivame 32; xiv, 3 48 ; xxi, 2, xxii, l 46, 48; xxi, 1 39, 40; xviii, 4-7 39 Nee Ammonites navicularis -- obtectus = octo-sulcatus so: oldhami — peramplus = planulatus — portlocki ... = prosperianus — ramsayanus ~- renauxianus = renevierl ... rhotomagensis rusticus = salteri — saxbi — sussexiensis — varians var. costata PAGE .. 89; xvii, 1-8, 5, 8 20; vu, 4 42; xix, 3 32; xiv, 2 26; x, 1-3 29). xii, 3, 4 30); xin, 2, 3 26 51; xxi, 4 Ailes xox 2 Pe AA mexexan 2, ...003 Xvi, 14 44. xx, | 50; xxi, 3, 5 ADEE XX 3 BG PID Ineo | 22, 23; viii, 5-10 23; viii, 9 —- — var. intermedia 22, 23; vii, 7 <= var. subplana 22,23; viii, 10 — var. subtuberculata 22; vi, 5, (8, ts ~- — var. tuberculata nee er — vectensis... 45; xx, & — velledee BIR ally (fp 20%, 6 = vielbancii 37 — wiestil 47; xxi, 3 — wiltonensis 28) xoxo) = woollgari ... ly BOS Xai, ly Aptychus be Bo Oe — gollevillensis 56; xxiv, 5 = icenicus I sGaK%, Cf — leptophyllus me HDA 2o-anyG dL = peramplus... .. JO; xxiv, LO == portlocki DOE Xk, 2,3, 45, OP — rugosus Dis RXive Sag) Belemnitella ... 4 70 FOSSIL REMAINS OF PAGE Belemnitella lanceolata 7; 1, 4-6 — mucronata 6; i, l= = var. fusiforme... a — plena 9; i, 12-16 = quadrata Bea Gellil _- vera i et . 9 Belemnites 3 electrinus es 6 - eranulatus ne we se 8 = lanceolatus + FS Parte) == listerl ... ie ee 3 — minimus ... = a ac 3 mucronatus Onna, —- plenus ve 9 = quadratus oy 8 == ultimus ; 38 al, ILA Belemnon pustulatum Bye ie 5 a 8 Nautilus 10 — archiacianus 11 — compressus... Mee — deslongchampsianus soo LHe aims Ih — elegans